Adobe Illustrator CC 2020 Masterclass - The Ultimate Adobe Illustrator master course

1. PROMO VIDEO: Hello everybody and welcome to this fantastic Adobe Illustrator CC masterclass. In this course, you will learn all you need to know to master Adobe Illustrator CC in very little time and with very little effort. This is a complete Adobe Illustrator occurs. And we're going to cover everything from the very basics, like illustrators, interface, basic navigation controls, and file creation, to the more advanced stuff. You will learn how to use Adobe Illustrator stools in the tail with all of their different options. And that will help you to be a top-level Adobe Illustrator, a user. We will also cover different illustration and design workflows that will help you become a true master and get the upper hand in the illustration and design industry. In this course, we will also create different projects where you will learn how to implement all your new knowledge and make sure that you truly understand the concepts and techniques within this course. And you will also have access to all the files are used. So you can follow along and practice. Everything you learned in this course is for anyone who wants to learn how to use and master Adobe Illustrator. Whether you want to make a logo, a flyer, some t-shirt designs, some character designs, vector illustrations, or anything in between. This course will benefit you greatly if you are a complete beginner and haven't even opened Adobe Illustrator for the first time. But it will also help you a lot if you already know the basics of illustrator and want to expand your knowledge and abilities with the software. Whether you are a beginner or an intermediate student, This course will help you improve and take your illustrator skills to the next level. I made this course using Adobe Illustrator CC 20-20. But you will be able to follow along with basically any other version of Illustrator, including Illustrator CC 2021. And of course, older versions of illustrator. That means that you will be able to learn and follow along regardless of your version of Adobe Illustrator. So if you want to become an illustrator master in very little time and with very little effort. The perfect chorus for you. So what are you waiting for it? And get ready to learn a lot. And I will see you inside. 2. Adobe Illustrator's Welcome Page: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about Adobe Illustrator's welcome page. So let's start. Okay, So this is what Adobe Illustrator will look like when you open it up for the very first time. Now, as you can see, it is a very simple welcome page, but we have a few options. So on the left we have a button to create a new file. Below that, we have a button to open up a file that we already have in our computer. Now, at the bottom, we have more options to create files. But this time, each of the buttons will create a file of a different dimension. For example, you can see that we can create a file for a postcard, for a website or for the iPhone X, and a few others. Now, the welcome page has a few more options that we cannot see right now because we haven't worked in Illustrator yet. So to show you that, I'm going to open up a new file. So I'm going to go to Open. And here I'm going to select my folder, Illustrator CC project files. And I'm going to select the folder for section 2. And as you can see, I have two different files. So I'm going to select the first one, and I'm going to click open. And that's going to open up our file. And as you can see, sometimes you will get these pop-up windows. And these windows will show you some tips for Illustrator. And you can read the different tips or just close the window. So I'm going to close this one. And now as you can see, I have my file open. Now if I want to open up a different file, I can go to File and select the option Open. And now I'm going to select the second file. I'm going to click Open. And as you can see now, I have two different files open at the same time. But that's not what I want to show you. So I'm going to close them down like that. And as you can see, we're back to the welcome page. But now this section that we had at the bottom is now at the top. And you can see that we have a new section over here. And this section will show us the files that we have worked in, Illustrator, the latest. So as you can see, I have these two files that we just opened. And for each file, it's going to give us some information like the name of the file. When we open that file for the last time and the location of the file. So now I can access these files just by clicking on these different icons. So if I want to open up again, either of these files will have to do is click it and it's going to open it up again. If I close it down. And now I want to open up this other file, all I have to do is click on it and it is going to open it up again. I'm going to close this down. And you can see that over here we have two options. So this option is going to show me a preview of the different files that I have. But if I want to see a list of the files instead of a grid, I can select this option. And now I can see a list. I cannot see the icon or the preview of the file anymore, but I can see more information about this file. For example, the size of the file in megabytes or a kilobytes, the kind of the file. In this case, both our Illustrator files and the last time I opened these files. And we can also see the name, of course. And of course, you can always go back to the Grid view. Now, we can change some of the preferences for these are recent files list. And to do that, I'm going to go to Illustrator. And I'm going to go to Preferences. And I'm going to go to either general or File Handling and clipboard. So I'm going to go to general. And here I'm going to go to File Handling and clipboard. Now over here, I have different options so I can change the number of files that I want to be previewed over here. So if I change this to only one, I click. Okay. When I close Adobe Illustrator and open it up again, it is going to show me only one file. I can come back over here, preferences, file handling and clipboard. And I can change this back to the default number which was 20. And as you can see, I can use up to 30 files. And I have a few more options. But for now, I'm just going to leave it the way it is. I'm going to click okay. And whenever I open up, Adobe Illustrator is going to show me the welcome page with all of these options. All right, so that's all for this lesson. I hope you learned something useful and I will see you in the next lesson. 3. Creating and saving a new Illustrator document: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to create a new file in Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, we're back at the welcome page. Now, the way we create a new file in Illustrator is by either selecting the Create New button over here. Or we can go to File, select new. Or we can use the shortcut, which is Command N. Or we can select one of these different options that we have here, four different file sizes. For example, if we want to make a website, and the website is going to be 1920 by 1080 pixels. We can select this option. Now, if we're going to work on a user interface for an application for the iPhone X. We can select these Arjun and so on. You can see the different sizes for the different types of documents. But if we want to have a little bit more control on the size and the characteristics of our document. We can select this option, which is the Custom Size option. Now, this option and this option here, and also this other option here are going to be basically the same. If we select any of these options, we're going to get the same window. So let's start by going to File New. And as you can see, a new window appears. Now, this window is going to help us to create a new document. Now as you can see, we have different tabs. At the top. You can see all of these tabs. And each of the tabs has different options over here. So we have the Model tab. And you can see that we have different mobile devices, like the iPhone X, the iPhone 8, and many other devices. So if we are going to be working on a design for one of these devices, we can just come over here to the mobile tab and select the device that we are going to be making that designed for. And that's going to make it much easier because that way we will not have to worry about the dimensions of our document. So basically, Adobe Illustrator is making these easier for us. Now, if we want to create a website, we can come to the web tab and select the size for the website that we're going to be making, that the sign for. Now, if we go to the print tab, you can see different sizes that are standard for printed files, like the letter size, the A4 size, legal tabloid, and some others. The same. If we go to the Film and Video tab. Here we have a variety of presets that are the standard for film and video. And finally, if we go to the art and illustration tab, you can see that we also have a lot of different sizes that we can choose from. So again, these presets are there to make our job easier. So now let's say that I'm going to make an illustration. So the first thing that I'm going to do is to make sure that the tab that I'm at is the tab for art and illustration. This one. Now you can see that I have different options for different documents with different sizes. So I'm going to select the letter size. I'm going to select it. And now that I have it selected, you can see that I have different options here at the right. The first option is to name my document. So I'm going to name it illustration or one like that. Now, you can see now that we have the dimensions for this document. And as you can see, the dimensions are 792 points by 612. Now, if you want to change the units of measurement, you can do it by clicking here. And as you can see, we can use now inches if you want to work in inches. So you can see now the standard, 11 inches by 8.5 inches, which is the size for a larger document. You can change this one to pixels if you want, or you can change it to the metric system. But for now we're going to work with inches like that. Now, you can see that I can also change the orientation of my document. I can make it vertical or horizontal. And now you can see that when I change this option, these two values interchange. The 8.5 inches moves to the height, and the 11 inches move to the width, and vice-versa, depending on which object I have. You can see that. So we're not changing the dimensions of the document, we're just changing the orientation. So for now, I'm going to use horizontal. And here I can select how many artboards I want in my document. I can have only one airport or I can have multiple artboards. For now, I'm just going to select one. But in a future lesson, I'm going to show you how to create more artboards and how to use them. So for now, let's keep it on one. Now over here, we can specify the amount of bleed that we need. And bleed is basically additional space that goes beyond the edges of our document. Now, I'm going to explain all about bleed in detail in another lesson because this is a very important topic. But for now, all you need to know about bleed are two things. One, bleed is the additional space that goes beyond the edges of our document. And 2, you will use bleed only the design or illustration that you are making. Is it going to be printed, usually by a printing company. If your design is not going to be printed, you will not need to use any bleed. So for this document, we will not use any bleed. So I'm going to leave all of those values at 0. Okay, so now if we come down here, you can see that we have a button to bring some advanced options. So I'm going to click here. And here we can change the color mode. Usually we are going to work with RGB. But if you need, you can change it to CMYK. But usually RGB is the one that we're going to use. So I'm going to leave it in RGB. And for the raster effects, we can use the one that is optimized for screen, which is 72 ppi. But you can change it to medium or high. Now for the preview mode, we can change it from default to pixels or overprint. But again, we're going to leave it at default usually. So I'm just going to leave everything like it is. And at the very bottom we have a button for more settings. But we're going to get basically the same settings that we are getting here. So I'm going to show you, I'm just going to click here. And as you can see, these are basically the same settings that we have over here. We can add a name. We can select how many artboards we need. And basically the same settings that we are going to change over here are the same settings that we changed over here. So we're not going to use that button. I'm just going to cancel this. And everything is the way I want it. So if I want to create the document with these settings, only have to do now is to click on Create. And as you can see, now we have our document. Now, if I want to save this document or they have to do is to go to file and select save. Or I can use the shortcut Command S. Now in this window, I can select the destination for my file. So I'm going to open up this folder. I'm going to open up the folder for section 2. And as you can see, this file has a name I'll really assigned to it because this is the name that we assigned in the previous step. But you still can update it or change it if you need to. So I'm just going to add a 0 here, just like that. Or I can leave it the way it was. Alright, so now all you have to do is to select the format. And I'm going to click here, you can see we have different formats. Usually you want to save it as a Adobe Illustrator file, but you can use APS or any of these other formats. So I'm going to leave it as an Illustrator file. And now I'm going to click save. So now we have another window. And here we can select the version of Illustrator that we want our file to be saved in. So since I'm using Illustrator CC 2020, this is the day setting. But you can see that I can choose from other versions of illustrator. But as a rule of thumb, you want to save it as the latest version of Illustrator. So I'm going to click here and all of these other settings. I'm just going to leave them the way they are. We don't really need to change them. So I'm just going to click Okay. And now our file has been saved. Now to check that my file has been saved, I'm going to go to my desktop. I'm going to go inside of this folder and inside of this section two folder. And as you can see now we have these new file and it is the file that we just saved. Okay, now let me go back to Illustrator because I want to show you something else. I'm going to close this file. And now we're back at this window. And again, as you can see now, this new file shows our here because as I said, this is going to show us the files that we have most recently used. So now I'm going to create another document to show you something. So I'm just going to click on Create New. And now as you can see, we are back at the same window. But now this recent tab has a new item, and this is the file that we just created. So the recent tab is going to show us the templates that we have used most recently. Now in this other tab, we will see the custom templates that we have created and saved are the templates that we have downloaded from the internet. All right, now, let me show you something else. So let me go back to the art and illustration tab. And let's go back and select the letter size. And we can name these like so. We can change these back two inches. Now what I want to show you is that even if we have selected a preset or template, we can modify the dimensions of this document. So if instead of 11 inches, I want this document to be let's say 13 inches. I can just change this over here. And for this one, I'm going to use five like that. And for the other values, I'm going to leave them the way they are. And now I'm just going to click on Create. And as you can see, now we have a document with completely different dimensions from the other document that we created before. Even a, we used the exact same template. So let me close this down. Let me go back and create a new one. And as you can see now, these new document that we created is our hero. So every time we create a new document, a new template will be created. And it's going to show over here. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching. And I will see you in the next lesson. 4. Adobe Illustrator's interface: Illustrator CC 2020's Interface: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about Adobe Illustrator's interface. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, I have illustrator open. And to show you Illustrator's interface, I'm going to open up a document. So I'm going to open up this one. And I'm just going to click here. And as you can see now, it is open. And now we can see Illustrator's interface. Now, before we start, I want to mention that I'm using Adobe Illustrator CC 2020. If you're using an older version of Illustrator, the interface will look a little bit different. But don't worry, I will also cover the other elements of the previous interface. But for now, let's start with the interface that we can see right now. So on the left we have the tools panel. And as you can see here, we have some of the tools that we're going to use in Illustrator. And we're going to discuss all of these tools in detail. But one of the important things about this panel is that as you can see, if I hover over any of these tools and I let the cursor there. You can see that the name of the tool and the shortcut for this tool is going to appear. And that's going to appear for all of these different tools. So if you want to know the name or the shortcut of a specific tool, all you have to do is to hover over that tool. And that's going to show you the name and the shortcut. Okay? So within the same panel, you can see that we have two colors. One is for the field and the other one is for the stroke. And I'm going to explain this in detail in another lesson as well. So don't worry about that for now. Now, another important thing about the tools panel is that as you can see, some of these tools have a little triangle at the bottom right corner. And that means that this tool has some other tools that you can bring. So all you have to do is to click and hold. And as you can see, a sub-menu appears. And now you can select a different tool like that. And all of the tools that have that little triangle at the bottom have sub tools. So you can click here and you can see that we can select other shapes. And the same for the text tool. Now, if I click and hold on a tool that doesn't have that little triangle at the bottom. You can see that nothing happens. So that is going to apply only for the tours that have that little triangle. Alright, so that the tools panel, now hearing the middle, we have the canvas or the artboard. Now as you can see, I have two different artboards. And like I said before in a previous lesson, I'm going to explain all about artboards in a future lesson. But for now, just see that I have two different artboards. So I have this one here on the left, and I have another one on the right. Now remember when we create a new document, we have the option to select how many artboards we want. Now usually you will start with only one artboard. But for now, don't worry about how many artboards we have. So what I want to show you is that if I select one of these elements, I can move it outside of this artboard. So to do that, I'm going to go to my Layers panel. And as you can see, I have all of these locked. So I'm going to unlock this one. And if I turn off the view, you can see that it disappears. I'm going to turn on the view again to make it appear. And I'm going to use the selection tool. And I'm going to select all of those elements. Now, if I select these elements and I move him outside this artboard, these elements will still be in my document. But if I export this file, the elements that are outside the art board are not going to be exported. The same. If I select, again all of these elements. And I move him like that. When I export this document, let's say as a JPEG file, you will see that the green plane will be cutoff in half. So the bottom part of the plane will be in our final image, but the top part will not be. So whatever is outside the artboard is not going to be exported only what inside the artboard. So just keep that in mind. I'm going to select all of these elements again. I'm going to move him back into place. All right. So that is the canvas area, or also known as the Arbor area. Now here are the top. We can find the menu bar. And in these different menus, we're going to find lots of different elements, tools, and commands that we're going to use to create our designs and illustrations in Adobe Illustrator. And we're going to cover a lot of these different items in future lessons. So for now, just keep in mind that this is dumb anywhere. Now, over here on the right, as you can see, we have three different tabs. Now. This one is the tab for libraries. It is the library's panel. And we're going to cover this one in detail in a future lesson. This other one is the layers panel. And here it is where we are going to have all of the different layers that create our illustrations or designs in Adobe Illustrator. Now, at the very bottom, you can see that we have different buttons. And I'm going to explain all of those buttons in detail in a future lesson. Where I'm going to explain all about layers and the layers panel. And I know that it sounds like I'm saying that I'm going to explain everything in a future lesson. Bad when I say that is because the topic that I'm saying that I'm going to explain later is a bigger topic that deserves its own lesson. And in this case, libraries and layers deserve their own lesson. So for now the goal is for you to get familiar with Adobe Illustrator user interface. And then we can talk about the details about each of the different elements that make these interface. That being said, I'm going to go to the Properties panel. I'm just going to click there. And here we are going to be able to see the properties of the tools are elements that we have selected in our Canvas. Now, for example, now we can see a set of settings here, because I have the selection tool selected. But if I select the Type tool, you can see that the properties that I can see now are for the Type Tool. Now I can see the font that I'm using and a few other settings related to the type tool. And I can also see it is savings for the paragraph that I'm going to type. Now, if I select another tool, like the eraser tool, now we can see other properties. So let me go back to the selection tool. And now I'm going to select not a tool, but an element of my illustration like this one. And as you can see now, the information or the properties that I'm seeing right now are related to the element that I have selected. If I select another one, you can see that these properties change. You can see that. So like I said, the properties panel is going to show me the different properties of the tools are the elements within my design or illustration that I have selected. So those are the main elements of Adobe Illustrator's user interface. Now, if you have an older version of Illustrator, the user interface may look a little bit different. But don't worry, because in the next lesson, I'm going to cover the user interface for previous versions of Adobe Illustrator. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching. And I will see you in the following lesson. 5. Adobe Illustrator's interface: The Classic layout: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to continue talking about Adobe Illustrator's interface. But this time we're going to talk about the classic layout. So let's start. Okay, So in the previous lesson, we discussed Adobe Illustrator interface, but the version that I'm using is Adobe Illustrator CC 2020. Now, if you are using an older version of Illustrator, the interface will look different. Now, in Illustrator 2020, I have the option to change the layout to the way that it used to be in previous versions. So that's where I'm going to do. Now. I'm going to click here on essentials. And this is where we can change the layout. So as you can see, I'm using essentials now. But we can change the layout to painting, tracing, topography, and other layout depending on what you're going to be working. And each of this layout will help you to get an interface that is better for the kind of design that you are going to be working. However, this time we're going to select the essentials classic layout. So I'm going to click there. And that's going to bring back the layout the way that he used to be in previous versions of Illustrator. Now, right away, we can see the similarities. On the left, we still have the tools panel, and it is basically the same. The only difference is that this time it is displaying more tools, but the rest is the same. Now here in the center, we still have the canvas area, also known as the artboard area. Now over here at the top, we have the control panel. And the control panel has the same function as the Properties panel. But like I said before, the properties panel will not be available in previous versions of Illustrator. So this is what you're going to use if you have a previous version of Illustrator to know the properties of the tools or elements that you have selected in your document. So as you can see over here, Let's take a look at this control panel. You can see that I have different properties for the tool that I have selected. Now, if I change the tool, you can see that now we have additional properties for this tool. Now I'm going to use the selection tool, and I'm going to select one of these different shapes that I have here. And now we can see the properties of this shape right over here. So the control panel is going to be basically the same as the Properties panel in previous versions of Illustrator. Now let me go to the right here, because here we have something different as well. Now let me close the Properties panel because like I said, we don't have these in previous versions of Illustrator, so I'm just going to close it down. And I'm also going to close down the library's panel. And this is the way that previous versions of illustrator will look like. And what we have on the right are called the floating panels. And the reason these are called the flowing panels is the following. As you can see, if I and click on any of these different icons, a new panel appears, but it disappears as soon as I click on a different icon. So that's why these are called the floating panels. And this is the way that illustrator used to look in previous versions. Now, wherever recommend, if you are going to work with this version of Illustrator, is to have your layers separated because your layers are going to be one of the most important elements when you are creating your designs or illustrations in Illustrator. So you want to have them visible all the time. And the way to do that is by selecting this icon, dragging it over here. And you can click on it like that. So now as you can see, it is a separate window. And I'm going to select this whole panel, and I'm going to move it over here. Now. I can select these layers, moving all the way to the right. And now I can have my floating panels and I can move them. I can place them right here. So you will have your layers always visible. And you will also have your floating panels. Like so. Now if you don't see this floating panels, you can go to window. And here you can select the different panels. For example, if I want to bring the stroke panel, all they have to do is click on stroke and it will appear. So let me bring this over here. Let me close it down. As you can see, it is not here anymore. So I can go to Window and select stroke. And it is going to appear. And I can move it like that. And those are the main differences between the interface of Adobe Illustrator CC and previous versions. Now, for this course, we're going to work with the new layout. So I'm going to come over here to the different layouts. And I'm going to click on Essentials. And now I'm going to bring the control panel. So to do that, I'm going to go to window and I'm going to select control. And as you can see now, we have the control panel at the top. So we can change through the layers panel. And now we have our layers over here and our Control Panel or a here. And we can always come back to the properties panel if, when needed. But for now I'm just going to be on layers. So this is the layout that we are going to be using for this course. And this way, you can follow the course if you are using an older version of Illustrator. And also if you are using Illustrator CC 2020. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching. And I will see you in the next lesson. 6. Navigation: Zoom in, zoom out, pan and more: Hello glands and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to learn how to navigate in Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. Okay, So we're going to start by learning the basic shortcuts for our navigation in Illustrator. And the first one, and maybe the most important one is the spacebar. Now as you can see, I have the selection tool selected. But if I press and hold the space bar, you can see that this tool changes to the hand tool. When they released the spacebar. It is going to change back to the tool that I had previously selected. In this case, the Selection tool. So for this to work, you have to press and hold the space bar. Now, with the hand tool selected, you can click and drag. And this way you can navigate around your document. Like this. I'm going to release the space bar now, and now I'm back to the selection tool. Now, the second most important tool for navigation in Illustrator is the zoom tool. So let's go to their tools bar. And you can see that I have the zoom tool here. Select it. Now with this tool selected, I can click and I'm going to get closer to the area where I'm clicking like this. So it is very simple. All you have to do is click and you will get closer to the area. Now as you can see, this tool has a plus sign in the middle. But if I press the Alt key and hold it, you can see that that sign changes to the minus sign. Now, with the minus sign, I can click and I'm going to zoom out. Now, remember to have the minus sign. You have to press and hold the Alt key. When they released the Alt key, it changes back automatically to the plus sign. So I can get closer by clicking and I can zoom out by holding the Alt key and clicking like that. Now with this tool selected, you can also click and drag and you're going to get a smooth zoom in and zoom out. Now, just notice that this tool is going to zoom in and zoom out to the point where the tool is pointing. So if I want to zoom in to the eyes of the character on the right, I have to place the cursor over here on the eyes of this character. And I click and drag. And now as you can see, I am zooming in and out through the eyes of these other character. Like that. If I want to see my other canvas, I'm going to press and hold the space bar. So I get the hand tool. And now I can pan and see the other Canvas. And now with the Zoom tool selected, I can zoom in. Let's say for example, to these character like that. I can zoom out and zoom into these other character like this. So it is actually really simple. Once you learn the shortcuts, you can navigate very easily in Illustrator. Now to zoom in and zoom out. You can also use shortcuts. So the Zoom In, the shortcut is for Mac Command. And the plus sign. You can see I am using command and the plus sign. And I am zooming in. And if I want to zoom out, I'm going to use Command. And the minus sign. Now for Windows is basically the same. The only difference is that you have to use the control key instead of the command key. So you're going to use Control plus to zoom in and Control minus to zoom out. Now, there are a few more options that you can use to navigate in Illustrator. So we're going to go to View. And here you can see that we have the shortcut, zoom in and zoom out. But we have also our options. For example, fit our board in window and the command is Command 0. So if we click here, you can see that now it is going to fit our Canvas into the whole window. And we can do that also with a shortcut. So I'm going to zoom out and I'm going to use the shortcut Command 0. As you can see, it is going to assume the active Canvas into the whole window. So that's Command 0, and for Windows it's Control 0. Now if I want to see all of my different artboards at the same time, I'm going to go to View and I'm going to select these other objects, feed all in window. And you can see the shortcut here. And as you can see now, I'm looking at all of my canvases at the same time. And in this case I only have two canvases. So I'm going to zoom over here. I'm going to use the command, command Alt 0. And it's going to zoom to all of my canvases. So what I want you to do is to practice using these shortcuts and also the tools. So practice for a few minutes until you feel comfortable navigating in Adobe Illustrator. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the following lesson. 7. Illustrator artboards: What they are and how to use them: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we are going to talk about artboards. So let's start. Okay, so when we create a new file in Illustrator, we can decide how many artboards we want for that file. And our ports are just like pages. So we can have multiple pages or multiple artboards within the same document. And that way we can have multiple designs within the same file. Now, our boards are very flexible. As you can see right now, the file that I have open has two different artboards. On the first artboard, I have the two main elements of my illustration. And on the second artboard, I have the final illustration with a background. Now, if I want to add new artboards or edit the ones that I already have, all I have to do is to go to Window and select artboards. I'm going to click here. And as you can see, a new panel appears. So with this floating battles, if you click on this little icon here on the top right corner, they are going to collapse into icons like so. So I'm going to select those two icons, and I'm going to move him over here to the right so they don't get in the way of my illustrations. And now I can open up the artboards panel by clicking on this icon. And as you can see, I have two different artboards here. This one is this first Arbor, and this other one is these second artboard. Now I can create new artboards. If I click on this icon here, I'm just going to click here. And now you can see that I have a third art board. Now, if I create a new one, now, I have, for, now I can ask rename, these are boards. So I'm going to double-click on the first one, and I'm going to rename it. If I double-click on the name of the second artboard, I can also rename it. So that is how you rename your artboards. Now, if I want to rearrange these artboards, I can do that by clicking on this little icon here. And in this new window, I can tell Illustrator how I want these artboards to be rearranged. So the first option to rearrange them on a grid by row. The second one is to rearrange them on a grid by column. The third option is going to arrange them only in one single row. And the last option is going to rearrange them in only one column. Now let's say I'm going to rearrange them in only one row. Here. I can select if I want this row to go from left to right or from right to left. And you can see that the icon changes if I change this option here, like that. So I'm going to erase them from left to right. Now, I'm going to rearrange them on a grid by row. And I'm going to use two columns. So I'm going to have two columns. Then it's going to go down over here for the third Arbor. And the artboard is going to be on the right. So when you rearrange your artboards, you will usually want to have these checked. Move artwork with artboard. And here you can define how much space you want to have in-between our words. As you can see, right now, I have only 20 points and I can change this. Let's use 50. And now I'm just going to click, Okay. Now, as you can see, the art-boards where rearranged. The only thing that didn't change was these different illustrations. Now the reason for that is because as you can see over here, I have these different layers locked. I'm going to collapse this one, and I'm going to undo what I just did. I'm going to go Control Z. So I have what I had before. You can see I have only a rod of different artboards. But now I'm going to unlock these layers so they can move freely. And I'm going to the same thing again. I'm going to click here. I'm going to make sure that I have the grid by row selected. They have said two columns that the layout order is from left to right. That I have 50 points of spacing. And they have checked the move, our work with our board option. So now if I click Okay, you can see that now these works perfectly. So when you do this, always makes sure that the layers that you have here are unlocked. If you have one or more layers lived, they will not move. So just make sure that all of your layers are unlocked. Now, if you want to edit the hierarchy of the airports list, all you have to do is select one of the artboards, the one that you want to modify. And you can use these two icons here. So if I select the blades are bored and I click here, you can see that it is moving down. And I can move it even further down. Or I can move it up with this other icon. And notice that this is going to modify only the artboards list, not the art boards themselves. Now, to delete an arboreal, all you have to do is select it and click on this icon. You can see that now we have only three artboards. And if I select this other one, I'm going to click on this icon to delete the artboard. And that's how you can delete the artboard value don't need anymore. Now, another thing that I want to show you is that let me get closer here. As you can see, there is a very thin black line around these artboard, which is the artboard I have selected. So if I select this other one, you can see that now the outline is around these other airborne. So that's how you can tell which our board is active. It is a really, really thin line, but hopefully you can see it. Okay, so that's how you can tell which are bored you have currently selected. So what I want you to do now is to practice creating new files with different artboards. So just go to File New. And from this window, select any preset that you want. And just practice creating files with multiple Artboards. This time, I'm going to create a file with six artboards. I'm going to click on Create. And now that you have this file, you can practice renaming the artboards. You can also practice rearranging the Albert's list and the art boards themselves using this icon. And remember that practicing will help you to really learn the information in this course. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the next lesson. 8. The Artboard tool: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to learn how to use the Artboard tool. So let's start. Okay, So in the previous lesson, we learned how to create multiple artboards within one file using the artboards panel. Now, there is another way to create multiple artboards within one file. And this other way is a little bit more flexible. And it is going to give us more options for our artboards. So I'm going to go to my Tools panel. And here you can see that I have this tool. It's called the Artboard Tool. You can see the shortcut Shift O. So I'm going to click on this tool. And now if I come to my different artboards, you can see that I can select each of these different art boards that I have here. Now with the Artboard tool selected, you can see that I can move these artboards around just by clicking and dragging them to wherever I want them to be. I can click on this other one and I can move it as well. And I can do the same for any of the Arab boards that I have. Now, if I click on one artboard, I have the characteristics of this artboard over here at the top. So this, our board is 792 points by 612. Now if I want to modify the size or the dimensions of this artboard, or they have to do is to make sure that I have it selected using the RPA tool. And I can change the size of this art board. Let's try with 300. I'm going to click, Okay. As you can see now, these are board has a different size. I can do the same with this other value. So I'm going to use 400. And now as you can see, this, our board is 300 points by 400 points. So now I have not only multiple artboards, but some of these artboards have different dimensions. And I can do this for any of these are boards that I have here. So I'm just going to change the size for this one as well. I'm going to use 800 by 250. And now as you can see, this has a completely different size as these other ones. Now, I can also change the name of this artboard if I have it selected and I come over here, I can rename it like so. And I can also delete it if I don't need it anymore. So I need to have it selected and click on this icon to delete it. Like that. Now, if I want to duplicate this artboard, Let's say the size is a size that I'm going to use multiple times. Or they have to do is again, make sure you have the Artboard tool selected and you're going to click and drag it like before. But this time we are going to press the Alt key like that. And you can see I am making copies of this artboard. Now. I'm going to select this art board over here. I'm going to resize it. I'm going to move it around. We're going to place it here. And I'm going to move these artboards like that. Now with the Artboard tool selected, I can also create our boards by just clicking and dragging on the gray area. So I'm going to make sure that the artboard tool is selected. And I'm going to click and drag like this. And you can see that a new artboard is created. I can do it again. And this way, I can create as many artboards as I need. Now, once we have our artboards, we can also change their orientation very easily. So let's select this artboard. And as you can see, it is on portrait mode, but we can change it to landscape. So if I click here, you can see that now it is the same dimensions, but now it is a different orientation. I'm going to use board rate for this one. But just keep in mind that you can change the orientation of your artboards by using these two icons here. Now, you can also use the Properties panel to change the properties of your artboards. So let's have this one selected. And let's go to the Properties panel. And you can see that here we have. Basically the same information that we have already here. So we can do basically the same. We can rename the artboard. We can change the orientation, the dimensions, and also the position like that. Now, you can also use a preset to resize your artboards. So make sure that the artboard that you want to resize is selected. And you can either double-click on the artboard tool like this. And you can see that the artboard attributes options will appear. Now here on preset, you can change the current size to a preset that you need. For example, let's use letter. If you click Okay. Now it is going to be resized to D letter size. Now you can also do that by clicking here and change the layout. Let's say I'm going to use the iPhone X size, like so. And also I'm going to change the orientation. I'm going to move the artboard like that. And also you can do this by using the properties panel. So I'm going to go to the Properties panel. I'm going to change the preset right over here. So I'm going to use the iPad. And I'm going to move it back into place. And once you have your artboards, you can also modify their sizes by selecting them and dragging these little squares that we have here around the airport. You can just click and drag. And that way you can modify the artboard dimensions. You can also click and drag from the corners like this. And that's how you use artboard in Illustrator. Now keep in mind that usually you will need only one artboard or maybe two or three. So the fact that you can create as many artboards as you want doesn't mean that you have to have a 100 artboards on every project. So if you only need one artboard, only use one artboard. So what I'm going to do now is saved my file. So I'm going to go to File Save. I'm going to name it art board. And I'm going to save it inside of this section 2 folder. I'm going to make sure that the format is Adobe Illustrator. And I'm going to click on Save. Here. I'm just going to click Okay. And that's going to save my file. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the next lesson. 9. Illustrator rulers, guides and grids: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about rulers, guides, and grids. So let's start. Okay, So I'm going to start with the rulers. And if you want to have a ruler showing you the dimensions of your document, you can do it by going to View Rulers and select Show Rulers. Or you can use the shortcut Command R for the Mac or Control R for the windows. So I'm just going to click on Show Rulers. And now we have a ruler at the top and a ruler on the left. Now, if I want to change the units of measurement for this ruler, I can do it by right-clicking on any part of this ruler. So I'm going to right-click. And you can see that I can change these from pixels to centimeters, millimeters, inches by cars, or are points. So let's change it to millimeters. And you can see that now it is showing me the dimensions of my document in millimeters. And I can right-click again. And I can change this to inches or to any of these other units. And for now I'm just going to use pixels. Now once I have these rulers, I can click and drag starting from the ruler. So I'm going to click and drag. And you can see that a new line appears. Now these lines are called guides. So I'm going to leave it here. I'm going to release. As you can see, I have a new guide. I can do it again. I can click and drag. And it is going to create another horizontal guide. Now, if I want to create a vertical guide, I can't do it by clicking on the left ruler and dragging to the right like that. And now I have a vertical guide. And this way I can create as many guides as I need. Now, these guides are there to help us to create more precise designs. And there is another way to create guides. So all you have to do is to double-click on any area of their ruler. Let's say over here, I'm going to double-click. And now we created another guide. I can do it here by double-clicking again. And as you can see, I have another guide here. And I can do that also on these other ruler. On the left one, I can double-click. And that's another very easy way to create guides. Okay, so now that I have all of these guides, if I go to view, I go to guides. Here you can see that I have more options. So I can either hide the guides, lock the guides, or clear the guides. So if we're now, I don't want to see my guides or they have to do is to hide them. So I'm going to use Hide Guides, or I can use the shortcut Command semicolon. So I'm going to click on Hide Guides. As you can see. Now, they disappear. And if we want to see them again, all we have to do is to go back to View Guides. And this time we're going to select Show Guides or use the shortcut like that. So that's an easy way to turn on and off the view for these guides. Now remember that you can edit these guides by selecting them and dragging them like this. You can just move them around, like so. But if you want to lock these guides, so you cannot modify them by accident, all you have to do is to go to view guides and select lock guides. I'm going to click here. And now if I tried to select and move these guides, I'm not going to be able to do it. You can see that. So this is an easy way to prevent us from modifying our guides by accident. Now if I have these guides locked, but I want to modify them, all you have to do is to unlock them. So I'm going to go to View Guides. And this time I'm going to click on Unlock Guides. And now I can edit again these guides if I need to. Now, if I don't need my guides anymore, I can delete them. And the best way to do it is to go to View Guides. And this time I'm going to use this option, Clear Guides. So I'm going to click here. And now I don't have any more guides. They got deleted. So make sure that you use the Clear Guides option only when you know that you are not going to need your guides any longer. If you use one to hide them for a moment, you can use the Hide Guides option. Now, another important thing about Guides is that when you create a new guide. It is going to be created as a layer. So let me show you what I mean. Now. Just make sure that you are on your layers panel so you can see your layers. And note that I have this layer selected, the one that has a blue color. So if I want to create a new guide, I'm going to double-click over here to create a new one like that. And if I go to my Layers panel and I open this layer up, you can see that I have a new item here called guide. Now, if I make another guide, let's say over here, you can see that now this guide is created also here in my layers panel. So if I hide this whole layer, the one that contains this plane. If I turn off the view of this layer by clicking on this icon, you can see that the plane disappears, but also the guides disappear. So let me turn on again the view for this layer. And as you can see now, the guides appear again. So if you are going to work with guides, you may want to create a new layer for your guides. To do that. All you have to do is to go to your Layers panel, go all the way to the bottom, and select this icon to create a new layer. So I'm going to click here, and as you can see, I have a new layer. So I'm going to call these guides. And now I can select these two guides and I can move them inside of this layer like that. So now if I turn off the view for this layer, you can see that the guides do not disappear anymore because they are on their own layer. On the other hand, if I turn off the view for the layer with my guides, you can see that they disappear, but nothing else is going to disappear on your document. And I'm going to turn on the view for the layer again. Now, if I want to create new guides, I'm going to make sure that I have the guide layer selected. So I'm going to open it up. So you can see that when I create new guides, now, the guides are going to appear inside of these new layer. So if I double-click here, I'm going to create a new guide. You can see we have a new guide over here as well. I'm going to do it again. And as you can see now, our guides are being created inside of these guides layer. So when you create a layer for your guides, you can do two things. The first one is like I showed you, you can click this icon here to turn on and off the view for these guides. So I can hide them and make them visible again. So that is going to be similar to what we did before, going to the menu, View Guides and Hide Guides. So I'm going to turn them on again. But this time I'm going to click on Show Guides. So this way we are going to be able to do the same by just clicking here, like that. And I can also lock my guides. So right now I can click and modify these guides. But if I go to my layers and I lock this layer by clicking here, you can see that a new icon appears. And that means that this layer is locked. So now I cannot modify these guys in more. And that is basically the same that if we go to view guides and lock guides. So that's one of the advantages of working with guides in a separate layer. You can hide them and lock him from the layers panel. Now, before we continue, I'm going to show you how we can use these guides that we created. So first, I'm going to turn off the view for these two planes. So I'm going to go to my layers, and I'm going to turn off the view by clicking on this icon and also these other one. So now we have an empty canvas and I'm going to create a new layer. I'm going to go to my Layers panel all the way to the bottom. And I'm going to click the Create New Layer icon. So I'm going to name these shapes. And I'm going to make sure that it is selected. Now, I'm going to go to my Tools panel and I'm going to select the rectangle shape tool. I'm going to click there. And I'm going to create a rectangle by clicking and dragging. Like so. I'm going to double-click on the fill option. And I'm going to select a color. It doesn't matter which color you select. Just make sure that you have a color active like that. Now I'm going to select the Selection Tool. And now if I move this rectangle, you can see that it is going to snap to these guides that we created. You can see that as we get closer to these different guides, the shape that we have is going to snap to those guides. So that's how we can use these guides. So if I want to have different shapes all align, I can use these guide over here to place this shape. Like so. And if I create another shape, let's say a circle. I can just create a circle. And now with the selection tool, I can place this circle. And these two shapes are going to be aligned. So it is going to be much easier for us to know where we have to place our different shapes so they are aligned because we have our guides to help us. I'm going to create another shape. I'm going to click on Hall here. And I'm going to use the Star Tool. And I'm going to create a simple star like that. I'm going to use the selection tool to move this star like that. Now if I turn off the visibility for my different guides, you can see that all of these different shapes are aligned. Now so far, all of the guides that we have created our straight lines, but we can also create guides with custom shapes. So now that I have all of these different shapes, I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to select this rectangle. And I'm going to right-click. And you can see that over here, I have an option to make this shape a guide. So if I click on the Make Guides option and I de-selected, you can see that now it is a guide. If we hover over this shape, you can see that it says that it is now a guide. And I can do the same with any shape that I want. All I have to do is to right-click on it and select Make guides. As you can see, it is now a guide as well. And they can do the same with these circle like that. And it is going to work with any shape that we want. So for example, if I use the bend tool, I'm going to select it. And I'm going to make a custom shape like that. I'm going to right-click on it and I'm going to select the option Make Guides. So I'm going to deselect it. And as you can see, now, all of these different shapes, our guides. So this way, you can create guides of any shape that you can possibly imagine. Now, if what I want is a grid, instead of creating multiple guides, I can bring a grid by going to View and selecting Show grid. As you can see, now we have a grid that we can use for our designs. If I don't want to see the grid anymore, I can go to View and select hide grid. Like so. Now we can also change the preferences for this grid. So I'm going to go back to View, select Show grid. And if I want to change the distance between the different lines, I can go to Illustrator preferences and select guides and grid. Now over here, on the grid section, I can select how many pixels I want these lines to be apart from each other. By default, it is set to 72 pixels. But if I change this to, let's say 200 pixels and I click, Okay. You can see that now the grid lines are more separated. Let me go back to Illustrator, preferences, guides and grid. And this time let's use a much bigger number, like 1, 0, 0, 0, 0. And I'm going to click, Okay. And now the guise of this grid are even more separated. I'm just going to bring these back to the default settings. So I'm going to go back to guides and grid on preferences. And I'm going to type down 72 pixels again. And you can also change the color of the lines of this grid by selecting a different color. Let's use green. Let's click Okay. And now you can see that the different lines of the grid are green. Let me go back. And let me change these to the default color. I'm going to click, Okay. And that's how you can create a custom grid for your document. For now, I'm just going to go back to view and hide this grid because I don't really need it for now. So I'm just going to hide it. And that's all for this lesson. I hope that you learned something useful. And I will see you in the next lesson. 10. Smart guides: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about smart guides. So let's start. Smart Guides. So are they really that smart? Well, let's find out. So to start, I'm going to collapse this layer. I'm going to close it down. And I'm going to turn off the visibility for the different shapes that contain these layer. Well, actually they are not shapes, they are guides. So I'm going to click here to turn off the visibility for these different guides. And I'm going to create a new layer. So I'm going to click the Create New Layer button, and I'm going to rename these to Smart Guides. So in the previous lesson, we talked about Guides. Now, the difference between guides and Smart Guides is that for smart guides, you don't have to create any guides. So let me show you what I mean. I'm going to start by creating a rectangle. I'm going to click and drag. But first I'm going to change the color. So I'm going to double-click. And I'm going to use a blue color like that. Let me get closer. Okay. Now I'm going to create a rectangle. I'm just going to click and drag like so. And now, if I create another rectangle, you will see that sometimes a purple line appears. And that purple line is going to connect from the shape that I'm creating, 2D shape or shapes that I already have. And it is not going to connect to just any part of the shape. But two very specific areas. For example, here it is connecting at the very bottom of the rectangle on the left. If I continue dragging, you will see that over here it is going to connect at the very center of this shape on the left. If I continue, it is going to connect to the very top of the shape on the left. So that is what Smart Guides are. So basically, smart guides. Our guides are lines that are going to tell me whenever the shape that I'm creating or moving aligns with the bottom, center on top of other shapes that I already have in my document. Now, if you don't see the smart guides, just go to View and make sure that the Smart Guides option is an make sure that it has a check mark on the left. Or you can use the shortcut. Now, I already have them on, but if I want to turn them off, I can click here. And now if I go back to View, you can see that the check mark is not there anymore. So my smart guides are off for now. I'm just going to go back over here and I'm going to create a new rectangle. I'm going to click and drag. And you can see that now the smart guides are not showing. You can see that it doesn't matter. If I get really close to the top of these other rectangle. The smart guides are not going to appear the same at the center and at the bottom. So if you don't see them now, just go to View and make sure that they are on. Just click on Smart Guides. And now the smart guides will appear whenever you create a new shape. And you don't even need to create a new shape for them to appear. All you have to do is to move the cursor and you will see that they will appear. For example, here, they appear connecting to the top of this rectangle here. If I move it down, now they will connect to the top of these other rectangle, and so on. Now, smart guides also work whenever you move an element within your file. So I'm going to use the selection tool. And I'm going to move this rectangle in the middle. You can see that these is showing some smart guides. And now I know that these two rectangles are a line. If I move it a little bit more, you can see that now it is going to align to the rectangle on the left. If I release. Now, these two rectangles are aligned. So I'm going to align the three rectangles very easily, like that. And like that. And now all of these rectangles are aligned. Now, just make sure that you note that these smart guides are going to work both horizontally and vertically. So, so far we have seen how this aligned horizontally, but it also aligns vertically. You can see that now this is aligning with the rectangle at the top. So these two lines are absolutely aligned and also this way. So smart guides are going to work both horizontally and vertically. And they will align your elements from the top, center, and bottom. So to know where it is aligning, just pay attention to where the purple line is connecting. For example, right now, it is connecting the top of the object that I'm moving to the tab of the object on the left. If I move it down. Now, it is going to connect the top of the object that I'm moving to the center of the object on the left. If I want to connect the bottom of the object that I'm moving to the center of the object on the left. I can do it like that. So just pay attention to where the line is connecting. Now, smart guides can also help us to spread objects evenly. So if I want to have the exact same space between these two different objects and these two different objects. I can do it very easily. So all I have to do is to select the object that I want to move. And I can drag it. And when you see those lands with the arrows, that indicates that those objects have the exact same space in between them. And the number in the gray box indicates the distance between those two objects. So I'm going to release there. I'm going to do it again. I'm going to select the Rectangle tool. I'm going to create a rectangle. I'm going to use the selection tool. And I'm going to move this rectangle. And now right there you can see the lines with the arrows. So that means that if I release here, these two different rectangles are going to have the exact same space in-between than these other rectangles. Now, smart guides are also very important to know which elements we are selecting. So let me turn off the visibility for this layer and I'm going to bring back the visibility for planes. Now make sure that you have the selection tool, select it. And now you can see that when I hover over this illustration, it is going to highlight the different elements of the illustration. So this way I know exactly what I'm going to select if I click. And those are the main users that we're going to give to Smart Guides. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching. And I will see you in the next lesson. 11. Layers and the layers panel: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about layers and the layers panel in Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. Okay, So I'm going to start by creating a new document. So remember we can do that by selecting the Create New button. Or we can go to File New, or we can use the shortcut. So I'm going to click here. And I'm going to go to art and illustration. I'm going to select letter. It doesn't really matter the size. I'm just going to show you how layers work. And I'm going to click on Create. So we are going to be working on our Layers panel. So if you don't see this right now, make sure to go to Window and select layers. Okay? So this is the Layers panel. And this is where most of the work that we're going to do with layers is going to be. So you can see that by default, when we create a new document, we have a layer assigned. And now whatever we create in our document is going to recreate it inside of this layer. So let me select the rectangle tool. I'm going to change the color. I'm going to use red for now. I'm going to click Okay. And I'm going to click and drag. Make sure that this layer is selected. I'm just going to click and drag. And as you can see, now, there is an object inside of this layer, a new shape. So if I create another one, it is going to be created also inside of these layer. Now, I can create as many shapes as I want, and they all will be created inside of the layer that I have currently selected. So for now we have only one layer. But if we want to create another layer, all we have to do is here in our layers panel, we have to go all the way down. And you can see that we have different icons. And this one here is to create new layers. So I'm going to click there. And as you can see, there is a new layer now. So if I click and drag, since this layer is selected, the new shape is going to be created inside of layer 2 and layer 1 because layer 1 is no longer selected. So I'm going to do that. Just make sure that you see that Layer 2 is selected. I'm going to click and drag. And as you can see, if I click on this arrow, it's going to open up the layer. You can see that these new rectangle was created inside of these other layer. Now if I click on Layer 1 again and I click and drag to create a new shape. You can see that that shape is going to be created inside of layer one. So the new elements that you create are going to be created inside of the layer that you have currently selected. Now as you can see, each layer has a little icon which shows you the contents of your layer. And to the left of that icon, you can see that there is a little arrow. For now it is pointing down because the layer is open. But if we click here on this arrow, it is going to point to the right. And that means that this layer has items inside of it. And you can click to open it up. So we can click here to open up this layer and reveal the items within that layer. Or you can click again to close it down. The same with this other layer or any other layer that you have. Let me create another layer. So I'm going to go to the bottom, click on the Create New Layer button. And as you can see, this layer doesn't have that little arrow. And that means that this layer is empty. It doesn't have anything inside. Yep. So if I select this layer and I create a new shape, you can see that now the icon of the layer changes. It shows me a preview of the contents of this layer. And now also it has these little arrow. So we can click on the little arrow to reveal the contents of this layer or any other layer. Now, you can also rename your layers. And to do that, all you have to do is to double-click on the name of the layer. And that way you can change the name. Like that. I'm going to collapse all of these layers for now. And I'm going to rename all of these layers like that. So remember to edit the name. All you have to do is double-click on the name of the layer so you can edit it. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the next lesson. 12. Selecting layers and layer contents: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to properly select the contents of a layer using the layers panel. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, if I go to my Layers panel, I can select the different layers by clicking on them like this. But as you can see, if I select this layer on the Layers panel, that doesn't change what is selected in the Canvas. So if I want to select the contents of a layer, I can do it in different ways. The first one is using the selection tool. So I can click on any shape and that shape is going to be selected. Or using the selection tool again, I can click and drag. And the shapes within the selection area are going to get selected. But that is not what I'm trying to do here. What I'm trying to do is selecting all of the elements within one single layer. And I can do that in two different ways. I'm going to click over here just to deselect all of these elements. And now, if we go to the Layers panel, you can see that to the right of each layer, there is a little circle. So if we click on that circle, you can see that the contents of that layer are going to get selected in the canvas. As you can see, this shape gets elected. And if I click on this other layer, on the little silicone of this other layer, you can see that now the contents of this other layer gets elected in the Canvas. And the same. If I click on this circle, on this other layer that contains multiple shapes, I'm going to click. And as you can see, all of the shapes within that layer GAD selected. So that's one of the ways to do it by clicking on the little circle to the right of the layer. Now, there is another way to do it. And it is actually very similar. As you can see to the right of the circle, there is a little square, but that's where it's going to appear only when one or more elements within a layer are selected. As you can see, the little square appears only when the contents of that layer are selected. And I can do it manually, true? You can see that right now the little square is on this layer because this shape is selected. But if I select a shape within another layer like this one, you can see that now the little square appears on these other layer, because this shape belongs to this other layer. And you can see that whenever I click on a different shape, the layer that contains that shape is going to get that little square to the right of the layer. So let's go back for a bit. Just remember that I can select all of the contents of a layer by clicking on this little circle like this. But I can also do it by clicking on the empty area to the right of the circle. So if I want to select all of the contents within this layer, instead of clicking on the cynical, I can click on the empty area that is to the right on the circle. Like this. You can see that the contents of this layer are selected now. And if I click to the right of this circle of this other layer, you will see that the contents of that layer are going to be selected in the Canvas. So I'm going to click here. And you can see that the contents of that layer are selected now in the Canvas. Now these two options are similar. Clicking on the little circle and clicking on the empty space to the right of the circle. They look similar, but they are actually a little bit different. And I'm going to show you why. For that, I'm going to click on the eyeball icon to the left of this layer to turn off the view. And I'm going to do the same with these other layer. And that way we're seeing only the shapes within this layer. Now, I'm going to open this layer by clicking on this little arrow here. And as you can see, this layer contains four different shapes. Now I'm going to lag 2 of shapes. I'm going to click on the empty area to the right of the eye icon. And you can see that a luck appears and that is going to prevent us from selecting this shapes. You can see that if I use the selection tool and I click and drag, I cannot select these two shapes anymore because they are loved. I cannot modify them either. So if I tried to move them using the selection tool, I cannot move him any longer. You can see that. On the other hand, if I try to move this other shape that is unlocked, you can see that I can move it easily. Also this other one, because these two shapes are not locked. So when our shape is locked, you cannot select it or move it. And if I tried to select all of the elements within these layer by clicking on this circle here. I'm going to close it down for a second. And I'm going to click on this circle. As you remember, clicking on this circle would normally select all of the shapes within that layer. But as you can see, the shapes that are locked, which are, these two shapes, are not selected. So I cannot modify them. Now, if instead of clicking on this circle, I click on the square. You can see that they get selected. I'm going to open up the layer again. And you can see that these shapes are still loved. Bad. I can select them now. And if I try to move them, you can see that I can move them as well, even if these shapes are locked. So that is the main difference between using the circle and using the empty area to the right of the circle. With a circle, the elements that are locked are not going to be selected. And we won't be able to modify them by clicking on the empty area to the right of the circle. We will be able to select all of the elements within the layer, including the elements that are locked. And we will be able to modify them as well. As you can see here. I can move them if I want to. Like so. So those are the two main ways in which you can select the different elements within a layer using the layers panel. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the following lesson. 13. Layer hierarchy: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we are going to talk about layer hierarchy. So let's start. Now when it comes to layers, the heirarchy within the layers panel is very important. Now to show you that I'm going to change the color of some of these shapes. And to make it easier, I'm going to select all of these elements. You can click, press Shift and hold it, and click on a different element so you can select all of them at once. And now with these elements selected, I can click and drag him all the way to the bottom to these little trash can like that. And that's going to delete them. Now. I'm going to select this shape. And once it is selected, I'm going to double-click here. And I'm going to change the color. Let's use blue. For this one. I'm going to click, Okay. And now I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to select this other layer. I'm going to double-click on the color. And for this one I'm going to use hello like that. So now I'm going to move all of these shapes. And you can see that I can also do that by using the selection tool. I can click and drag and move it into place. So like I said before, here are key is a very important thing when working with layers in Illustrator. So you can see that the topmost layer is the one with the red shape. So if we stack all of these layers together like that, you can see that the red shape is going to be on top of all of the other shapes. And that is because this shape at the very top on the layer hierarchy. Now, if I want the blue shape to be on top of all of these different elements, all I have to do is to click and drag this layer to the very top. So you can see that when I click and drag it, I can rearrange the heirarchy of these layers. So I'm going to release here. And now you can see that the blue shape is on top of these other shapes. So if I click here and move it like this, you can see that now it is on top of these other two shapes. And again, that is because these blue shape is now at the very top on the layer hierarchy. Now let's do it again. This time, I'm going to bring the layer with the yellow shape to the very top of the layer hierarchy. Again, I'm just going to click and drag like that. And now the yellow shape is on top of the other shapes. So again, layer here I get is very important when working in Adobe Illustrator. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the next lesson. 14. Layer visibility and the outline mode: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to learn how to turn on and off the visibility of a layer and also how to turn on and off the outline mode. So let's start. All right. So as you can see on the left of each layer, there is an eyeball icon. So these little icon here is to turn on and off the visibility of the layer and it's different content. So if I click here, you can see that the contents of this layer are going to disappear from the canvas. If I click and then the contents are going to appear again. And that is going to work for every of these different layers. Now, this little icon has another function. If I hold Alt and click on the eye, you can see that it is going to turn off the view of all of the other layers except for the one that I clicked on. I'm going to do it again. I'm going to press and hold the Alt key and click again on the icon. And now the view for all of the layers is going to be back on. And there is also another function for this icon. It is by pressing either the Control key or the Command key. Depending on the computer you're using, a Mac or a PC. So press the Control or Command key and click on the eyeball icon. And that's going to change the view mode for this layer to the outline mode. I'm going to do that for the rest of the layers. So I'm going to press the command key, and I'm going to click on this other table. And I'm going to do the same with this other layer. And as you can see, now, we are seeing only the outline of the different shapes that we have in our document. Now to change the view mode, again, I can do it by pressing the Control or Command key and clicking on the eyeball icon. And I can do that for every single one of these layers. Now, there is another way to go into the outline mode. So I'm going to go to View and I'm going to select Outline. You can see the shortcut over here. And I'm just going to click here. And as you can see, that's going to bring us back to the outline mode. If I want to go back to the color mode, I can go back to View and select Preview. Now, just notice that this is going to change the view mode for all of my layers at once. And if I do it from the layers panel, I can do it for specific layers. And that's the main difference between doing it from the window menu and doing it from the layers panel. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the next lesson. 15. Layer color: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about layer color. So let's start. Okay, So as you can notice, each of these different layers has a color assigned to it. For example, this one has the red color assigned to it. This one has the blue color assigned to it, and this one has the green color assigned to it. Now if I create a new layer, I can go all the way down to the bottom. Click on the Create New Layer button. You can see that these new layer also has a new and different color assigned to it. And for every single layer that we create, you can see that there is a new and different color assigned to that particular layer. Now, these colors have a function. And to show you, I'm going to select a shape. And as you can see, when I select this shape, it has an outline that has the exact same color of the color that this layer has been assigned to it. In this case, it is green. Now, to be able to see this better, I'm going to select this shape. I'm going to come over here and I'm going to select this stroke. And I'm going to click on this icon. So we don't have any stroke like that. I'm going to close this window and I'm going to do the same for these other shapes. So I'm going to select this shape. I'm going to go to the stroke. And I'm going to click here. So we don't have any stroke. And the same for this one. I'm going to select the stroke and I'm going to click on known. Like so. Now if we don't have anything selected, you can see that we only have the different shapes. But if I hover over any of these shapes, it is now easier to see the outline that I'm talking about, like these, you can see that this rectangle has a red outline. This one has a blue outline, and this one has a green outline. Now, the color of the outline and doesn't depend on the color of the shape. In this case, we have a red shape and a red outlined. But it is a red outline only because the red color has been assigned to this layer. If I double-click on this layer, we can see now the layer properties or the layer options. And you can see that here we have selected light red. But if we click here, we can change this to, for example, dark green. If I click Okay. And I deselect it, and I hover over it, you can see that now the outline is not red anymore. It is a dark green. And the same is going to happen to this layer. You can see that right now the outline is blue. But if I double-click to bring the layer options, I can change this to a different color. Let's use orange. I'm going to click Okay. And now if I hover over this shape, you can see that now the outline is orange. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the following lesson. 16. Locking layers in Adobe Illustrator: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to learn how to lock layers in Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. Now. Sometimes when working in Adobe Illustrator, you will want to lock your layers. And to do that, all you have to do is go to your Layers panel. And you can see that there is an empty area here, this little box in between the icon and the arrow. And if you click here, you can see that a new icon appears. So this lock icon indicates that this layer is locked. So we cannot modify that layer are the contents of that layer anymore. As you can see, I have the selection tool selected and the layer that contains the blue shape is locked. So with the selection tool selected, you can see that I can select this yellow shape, also this one. But this one, that is luck. I cannot select it and longer. If I try to select it by clicking and dragging, selecting all of those shapes, you can see that I cannot select that shape any longer. That is because this layer is locked. So if I lock this other two layers, I will not be able to select any of these shapes. Even if I try like that, you can't see that I cannot select them any longer. And if I unlock them, I can select them again. And that's how you can lock your layers when you don't want to modify them anymore. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the next lesson. 17. Deleating layers in Adobe Illustrator: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to delete layers in Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. If you want to delete a layer, all you have to do is make sure that the layer that you want to delete is selected in your Layers panel. So I'm going to delete layer 8. I'm going to select it. And I'm going to go all the way to the bottom of the Layers panel. And as you can see, we have different buttons here. I'm going to select the one with the trashcan. I'm going to click on it. And that's going to delete my layer. As you can see now, it got deleted. Now I can select more than one layer. I'm going to click here, press Shift, and click over here. As you can see now I have three layer selected. I'm going to the same. I'm going to click on this icon. As you can see, now, those layers got deleted. Now I'm going to deselect all of these different shapes by clicking here. And now I'm going to select one of these layers that contain the shapes. I'm going to select that one, and I'm going to click on the trashcan icon to delete it. And as you can see, a new warning message appears. And it is asking me if I want to delete that layer that already contains our work in it. And this message is just there to prevent you from the living layers that already have our work by accident. In this case, we want to delete it so I'm going to click Yes. And as you can see, now, that layer got deleted. Now another easy way to the little layers is by selecting them and dragging them into that trashcan icon. So I'm going to click and drag, and I'm going to put it inside of this trashcan icon. I'm going to release. And as you can see, that layer is no longer there. I can do that again by clicking and dragging that layer and moving it to the trashcan icon. And that's how you delete layers in Adobe Illustrator. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching. And I will see you in the following lesson. 18. Layer opacity: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about layer opacity. So let's start. Okay, I'm going to start by opening up a new document. So I'm going to click on Open. And here I'm going to navigate inside of this project files. And I'm going to go to section 3. And here I'm going to open up this file layer or bacilli circles. So let me open it up. And you can see this is a very simple file. All I have here are three different circles, and each of the circles has a different color. Now, as you can see, the circles have a color with a 100% opacity. And we can see that if we click and select one of the circles, if we come over here, you can see that the opacity for this circle is 100%. If I click on this one, the capacity is 100% as well. And if I click on this one, the capacity is 100% as well. Now, we can visualize or change the opacity of a layer by going over here. If you have the control panel here, or it will go to the Properties panel. You will also see here the capacity of each layer or a shape that we select. Let me go back to my layers panel. And there is another way in which we can visualize or modify the opacity of a layer. So we have to go to Window and we're going to select transparency. I'm going to click here. And you can see that we have a new panel over here. Now, this panel comes with another panel with these strokes panel. But the one that we are interested in is the transparency panel. Now in the transparency panel, we can see also the opacity of each shape that we select. Okay? I'm going to move this over here. And I'm going to open up the transparency panel again. And now using any of the options that I showed you, we can modify the capacity of our layers. So I'm going to start with the green one, which is on top of these other shapes. So I'm going to select it and I'm going to reduce the opacity. I'm going to start by doing it from the control panel. I'm going to reduce it to around 50 percent, like so. And now we can see what's behind these layer. Because now the feel of this layer, it's still the same color, but now it has an opacity of only 50 percent. So it is semi-transparent. We can do the same with our other shapes. So I'm going to select it. And like I said, we can do it from here from the control panel or we can do from the transparency panel. I'm going to click here and I'm going to reduce the opacity, also 250 percent. Now, you can see that now this is also semi-transparent. Now let's do the same with this one. I'm going to select it. And now let's do it from the Properties panel. So let's go to the Properties panel. And let's reduce the transparency. You can do it by moving this handle here, like so, or by clicking on this area here and typing the number that you want. In this case, let's use 50 percent. And now you can see that all of these layers have a capacity of 50 percent. And of course, we can change the opacity to the percentage that we want. So it doesn't have to be 50 percent only. Let's use 80 percent for this one. And now you can see that if I click here, it shows me that this has an opacity of 80 percent. If I click here, it has an opacity of 15 percent and this one has an opacity of 50 percent. And like I said, you can change the opacity of a layer from the control panel, from the transparency panel or from Properties panel. Okay, so now we have seen how to change the opacity. But the question is, why would we need to change the opacity of a layer or an element, or a shape within our document? And the answer is very simple. Sometimes when you create an illustration or a design within Adobe Illustrator, you want some of the elements to be semi-transparent. For example, when you are creating shadows or highlights in an illustration, or when you want one of the elements to be semi-transparent. Now, let me go back to the Layers panel. And I'm going to collapse this layer by clicking here. And I'm going to turn off the visibility for this layer by clicking on this icon. And now I'm going to create a new layer. And I'm going to rename these two blueprint. Now, I'm going to show you another instance in which you want to have a different capacity for your layer. And it is when you are going to trace an image or an illustration or design in Illustrator. So as you can see, I have a new layer, which is called blueprint. And if I go to my Finder and I go inside of this section three folder, you will see that I have a big image. Let's preview this image. And this is an image that we can use to trace this illustration. So it is going to serve as a blueprint. I'm going to close down the preview. And now I'm going to click and drag this image, and I'm going to change to Adobe Illustrator. And now I'm going to release this image over here. Like so. Now I'm going to reduce the size and I'm going to press Shift. So it reduces the size the right way. Because if we don't press Shift, It's going to deform the image. You can see that I'm going to undo that. I'm going to go Control Z and I'm going to reduce the size wild pressing shift. Okay? Now, as you can see, I have now this image that I can use as a reference to trace this illustration. But the image is a little bit too strong. So I'm going to reduce the opacity of this image. So I'm going to make sure that this image is selected by clicking on it. And I'm going to reduce the opacity. Let's use 15 percent like that. And now it's going to be easier to trace this image. So whenever you are going to use an image as a reference for a design or an illustration. In Adobe Illustrator, it is usually a good idea to reduce the opacity of that image. And those are only a few examples of the times when you want to change the opacity of a layer, shape or element in Adobe Illustrator. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the next lesson. 19. Layer blending modes: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about layer blending modes. So let's start. Okay, I'm going to start by opening up a new file. So I'm going to click open. And inside of this section three folder, I'm going to select and open this file layer blending modes, circles. I'm going to click Open. Now, blending modes work similarly to a passively. Remember in the previous lesson we talked about layer opacity, but blending modes are much more powerful. And I'm going to show you now to see the blending mode of our shapes. All we have to do is to come over here to the transparency panel. And I'm going to use the selection tool. And I'm going to select a shape like this one. Now you can see that whenever I select a shape, we have information about the shape. In this case, we have a capacity of 100% and the blending mode is set to normal. If I click on this little arrow here, you can see that I have other options. I have darken, multiply, Color, Burn, Lighten, a few more others, all the way to Luminosity. Now, all of these are different blending modes. Now, like I said, by default, the blending mode is going to be set to normal. And usually you will work with normal. Now, if I change this blending mode to, let's say darken, look what happens. Now. This is similar to when we change the transparency in the previous lesson. The difference is that with blending modes, the colors are going to be mixed in different ways according to the blending mode that we're using. In this case, you can see that when this yellow color mixes with the red color, you get a darker red. On the other hand, when it mixes with the blue color, you get a green color. Now, if I change the blending mode, so instead of using darken, I use Multiply. You can see that the colors are mixed in a different way. And the same is going to happen with every single one of these blending modes. So each of these blending modes is going to give me a different effect. And this effect is going to depend on the colors that are being mixed. So now I'm just going to go over all of these different blending modes. So you can see the difference. You can see that this time using overlay, this yellow color mixed with this red color gave us orange. And this yellow color mixed with this blue color give us a lighter blue. Now, as I said, each of these different blending modes is going to give us a different result. And it will all depend on the colors that are being mixed. And here you can see the different results that we get with each different blending mode. Now, a very important thing about blending modes is that for this to work, you have to have something behind the shape that you're going to apply the blending mode to. So for example, if I select this circle here, you can see that if I move it, there is nothing behind this circle. I'm going to move it back. So this eagle has nothing behind it. So it doesn't matter which blending mode I'm going to use. This is not going to change at all. So you can see that right now it's set to normal with an opacity of 100%. But if I change to darken, you can see that nothing happens. If I change to multiply, nothing happens. And if I change to everyone of these different blending modes, you will see that nothing happens. And this is because, like I said, you have to have something behind your shape in order for these blending modes to affect the color of that shape. So blending modes will work only when you have something behind this shape. So always keep that in mind because all of the elements behind your shape will affect its color. Now, let me show you what I mean. I'm going to turn on the visibility for this layer. You can see that it is a rectangle, a simple rectangle. And I'm going to turn on the visibility for this other layer as well, which is a black rectangle. So at the beginning, we had only the background that comes with Illustrator, which is white. But if we add another background, in this case, these skin color background and these black background, you can see that these colors are affecting the way that these yellow color mixes. So now I'm going to select this yellow shape. And I'm going to change it back to normal. And you can see that if this is set to normal, it doesn't matter what we have in the background. It is not going to affect the colors of our shape. But once I select it and change the blending mode, Let's use Multiply. You can see that now this black color in the background is affecting these yellow color. The same as this color here is affecting these yellow shape. So you have to be careful with what you have behind your objects when you use blending modes. Now, like I showed you before, you can change the blending mode using the transparency panel, but you can also do it using the properties panel. So let's go to the Properties panel. And here you can see that we have different options. But if you click on Opacity, you will get these panel, which is the same one as the transparency panel that we have over here. So once you have this panel, you will have access to all of these different blending modes. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the next lesson. 20. How to use the Locate Object command: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to learn how to use the located. 21. Layer options: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about layer options. So let's start. Okay, as you can see, I have this file open, and it is the same file that we used in the previous lesson. Now, if we want to access different options for our layers, we can do it very easily. Now, I'm going to go to my Layers panel, and I'm going to click here on this arrow to expand this layer. As you can see, I have different sublayers inside. Now, if I want to access different options for these layers, all I have to do is double-click on the empty area between the name of the layer and the circle on the right. So anywhere in between the name and the circle, I can double-click. And as you can see, a new window appears. Now, this window is going to show me different options for my layer. The first option is to rename this layer. So I'm going to rename it like so. And if I click Okay, the changes that I made here are going to be applied to this layer. So I'm going to click Okay. And as you can see now, these has a different name. And if I want to access again the layer options, I'm going to double-click in-between the name of the layer and the circle. I'm going to double-click here. And you can see that I go back to this window. Now here we can change as well the color of this layer. And we have talked about this in another lesson. So I have explained why and how to use different colors. And here is where we can change these colors. I'm going to use a gold color for this one. I'm going to click Okay. And as you can see now, this has a different color. So let me go back to the layer options. But this time I'm going to do it from the Layers panel menu. So you can see that I have the layers panel here. And on the top right corner there is a small icon. If I click on this icon, you can see that I gave different options. Now one of the options that I get here is this one, options for controller or one, which is the name of the layer that I have selected. So if I click here on Options, I'm going to get the same window. So that is just another way to access these window. Now, I can also lock this layer from this menu here. I can click here. Click Okay. And now as you can see, this layer is locked. I'm going to go back by double-clicking on the empty area. And I'm going to uncheck the luck option. I can also turn off the view for this layer by clicking here. You can click Okay. And as you can see now, this option is off. Let me go back to the layer options. I'm going to turn it on again. And I'm going to click, Okay. So again, you can access these options by double-clicking on the empty area between the name of the layer and the circle. Or by going to this menu here and selecting options. I'm just going to close this window for now because I want to show you something else. I'm going to collapse this layer. And I'm going to create a new layer by clicking on the new layer button. And I'm going to rename these two blueprint. Now, I'm going to go to my Finder. And inside of this section three folder, remember that I have this image, which is the image that we used in the previous lesson. Now I'm going to load this image in Illustrator. So I'm just going to click and drag it. And I'm going to switch to Adobe Illustrator. And I'm going to release here. Now, I'm going to turn off the view for this layer here, which has the illustration like so. And now I'm going to select this image that we imported. And I'm going to resize it. Remember, press Shift and resize it. Like so. Okay, so what I'm going to show you now is how we can use this as a template. If you remember in another lesson, I showed you how to reduce the opacity. So we can come to the transparency panel and reduce the opacity of a layer. But there is another way to do it. So I'm going to bring this back to 100%. And I'm going to close this panel. And I'm going to access the layer options. So I'm going to double-click here. And as you can see, there is an option to use this layer as a template. So I'm going to click on this option. And here it is going to give me an option to select how I want this image to be. So if I leave it at 50 percent and I click Okay, you will see that the opacity of this layer is going to be reduced to 50 percent. And another important thing that it does is that as you can see, these layer is locked. So now we cannot modify it by accident. Now, let me go back to the layer options. I'm going to double-click here. And I can change the percentage here to only 20 percent. And I can click Okay. And as you can see, now, this is even more transparent. And now I can create a new layer and start making this illustration. And those are some of the options that we can modify using the layer options panel in Adobe Illustrator. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the next lesson. 22. Layers panel options: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about the layers panel options. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, I have this document open and it is the same document that we have been using for the last two lessons. So there's nothing really new here. But I want to talk about the layers panel options. So as you can see, we have our layers panel here. And we have talked about the different elements of these layers panel, but we haven't really covered the layers panel options here. So if you go to the top right corner of the layers panel, you will see that there is a small button. So if we click on that button, you can see that we get different options. Now, some of these options are the same as other options that we have covered. So for example, we can create a new layer from here. If I click here, you can see that we have a new layer. Now the difference is that let me cancel this first. Now, the main difference between creating a new layer from this menu here and creating a new layer using the icon here at the bottom, is that when we create a new layer using the icon, the layer just gets created and we can continue working. But when we create a layer from here, you can see that we get the layer options window, and we covered this in the previous lesson. But one of the most important things that we can change right away is the name of the layer and the color of the layer. Let me cancel this. So that's the main difference between creating a layer, using the Create New Layer button at the bottom of the Layers panel, and creating a new layer using the New Layer command on these menu. Now, you can see that we have more options. The second option is to create a new sub layer. So let me click here. As you can see, we are creating a new layer inside of these layer that we had. And again, we get these layer options so we can change the title. You can also change the color and modify some of the different options of this layer. I'm just going to click OK here. And this is the same as using the create new sub layer button here at the bottom of the Layers panel. And like I said, some of these options that we have in this menu here are options that we have already covered. So this is just another way to access those options. Now, another thing that we can do is to duplicate a layer. So let me select this layer here so we can duplicate the layer and the sub layer. So layer 13 is selected. And I'm going to click here, and I'm going to select Duplicate Layer 13. And now you can see that we have a copy of this layer with all of its contents. In this case, while we have here is a sub layer. So we can also duplicate layers. Now I'm going to select this layer, and I'm going to click here. And as you can see, we can also delete layers. So if I click on the little layer, it is going to delete the layer and all of its contents. So in this case it's going to delete this layer here and these sub layer. So I'm going to select it. I'm going to click here, and I'm going to select Delete layer 13 copy. And as you can see, now that layer get deleted. If I select a sub layer, it is going to delete only the sub layer and that layer or the contents of the layer. So I'm going to click here and I'm going to select the lead layer. And as you can see, now we have only layer 13. Okay, let me select this layer and let's go back to the different options here. Now we can also create or release clipping masks. And we're going to cover these in another lesson because this is a very important topic. But we can also use this menu to create a release clipping masks. We can also enter isolation mode or exit isolation mode. And we can also locate objects. Remember I showed you how to locate objects using the locate object button at the bottom of the Layers panel. And we can access the app command also from here. And we have a few other options that we're going to be covering in future lessons. And some others that we already covered, like this option to convert a layer into a template and a few others. Now, the following options are very similar. So to show you, first, I'm going to come over here. I'm going to expand this layer. And I'm going to take all of these sub-layers, and I'm going to take them out of this layer. I'm going to move them like this. Okay. That's not what I wanted to do. I'm going to take him outside like this. And now I'm going to select these layers that have nothing inside. And I'm going to delete them. I'm going to come over here. And select the lid selection. Okay, So as you can see now, I have all of these layers separate. And if I turn off the view for this layers, you can see what each of these layers have inside. Okay? Now, the following commands are very similar. I'm going to select this layer, which is the layer for this curve. You can see that. And I'm going to come over here. I'm going to click and I'm going to select, Hide others. Now, what this is going to do, I'm going to come back here. You remember that if I click on this icon, this is going to hide that layer and all of its contents. Like so bad. If I click here on hide others. Well, it's going to do is the opposite. It is going to hide the other layers except for the one that I have selected. I'm going to click here and I'm going to hide others. I'm going to click here. And as you can see, now, all of the other layers are hidden and only these layer is visible. Now, I'm going to click again. And now I can click on, show our layers. Like so. And I'm going to come back over here. And I'm going to do the same, but this time with these other command, outline others. So remember, we can Command click here. And this is going to outline these layers and all of its contents. But that's not what I want to do. I'm going to come over here and I'm going to select Outline others. So what is going to do is outline the rest of the layers except for the one that I have selected. So let's do that. Let's select, Outline others. And as you can see now, all of these layers are in outline mode, except for the one that I have selected. I'm going to go back over here. And I'm going to select Preview all layers so I can get the preview back for all of these layers, like so. And finally, I'm going to go back and I'm going to select luck others. The same is going to happen. Remember, I can come over here, click on this empty area. And that is going to lock these layers and all of its contents. But that's not what I want to do. I want to lock all of the other layers except for the one that I have selected. So I'm going to select this one. I'm going to come over here and select Lock others. And as you can see it now, all of these layers are locked except for the one that I have selected. I'm going to go back over here and select, Unlock all layers. So that's how we can use these three commands. Now, the following command is very important and I'm going to cover it in another lesson because this is a bigger topic and it deserves its own lesson. And finally, we have the panel options. So if we click here, we're going to get some options for the Layers panel. Here we can select the size of the row. So right now it's set to medium. But I can use large, for example. And I can click OK. And you can see that now my layers are much bigger. I can come back over here, select Panel Options. And I can select small. I'm going to click Okay. And you can see that now the layers are very small. And now I cannot even see the preview of the layer. I'm going to go back over here, go to panel options. And I'm going to select Medium. And I'm just going to click Okay. And now we're back to the way we were. And those are some of the options and commands that you can access from the layers panel options. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the next lesson. 23. Stroke and fill basics: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about fill and stroke. So let's start. Okay, I'm going to start by opening up a new file. I'm going to click Open. And I'm going to go to the section 4 folder. And I'm going to open up this file, fill and stroke. I'm going to click Open. And remember that you can have free access to these files just by downloading them from the resources section of this course. All right, So fill and stroke are kind of the foundation for everything that we're going to do in Adobe Illustrator. So anything that we create here is going to have either a field or a stroke, or it could have both. Now let me show you what is feel and what is stroke. So as you can see in this file, I have three different columns. The first column is with elements that are made of only strokes. The second column is with elements that are made of only fails. And the last column is with elements that are made with both fields and strokes. So let's go back to the ones that are made with only strokes. You can see that we have a rectangle here, some texts and two different spaceships. And these are only made with strokes. And strokes are like the outline of any shape or text that we have in Adobe Illustrator. So these are only the outlines of those different shapes. You can see here that we have the outline of the text. And here we have the outline of the spaceship. Now you can see that this is only the outline because it will go to the Layers panel. Here. I have a background. I'm going to turn this background on. And now you can see more clearly that these elements are made of only strokes or outlines. And we can see the background through these different objects. Now, if we go to the fields column, you can see that these are solid elements. We have a field and we cannot see what is behind these elements because they have a field. So this is the exact same rectangle, but the difference is that this one is made of a stroke and this one is made of a field. The same with the text. And these spaceships. Now on the third column, we have elements with both a fill and a stroke. So we can have a combination of both. You can see that this is the exact same rectangle, but this time it has a fill and a stroke. The same with the text and these other elements. Now the question is, which one is better, a stroke or a fill? And the answer for that is that neither of them is better and neither of them is wars. They have their own purpose. So when we create an illustration, a design in Adobe Illustrator, we can decide if we want to use a field or a stroke according to the needs of that illustration or design. And most of the times you will use within the same illustration elements with only a stroke, elements with only a field, and elements with both a fill and a stroke. Now I'm going to show you how to set the color for your strokes and your fields, and how to tell Illustrator when you don't want to have either a stroke or a field. Okay, so I'm going to start by turning off the visibility for this background because I don't need it anymore. And now I'm going to create a new layer and I'm going to rename it. And now I'm going to turn off the visibility for all of these elements. So I'm going to click on the icon for all of these layers. And I'm going to make sure that this layer is selected. Now, if we go to our tools panel, you can see that at the bottom we have two squares. The square over here is the square that is going to define which color the fill of the shape that we create is going to be. And this other one is the one that's going to define the color of the stroke. So if I click on this icon here, going to reset the corners to the default settings. So I'm going to click here. And now you can see that we have a black stroke and a white fill. So that means that if I create a new shape, like a rectangle, if I click and drag and I am the selected, you will see that this shape has a white fill and a black stroke. Now let me deselect this shape and I'm going to change the colors. I'm going to double-click on the color for the fill. And I'm going to use a blue color like this. Then I'm going to double-click on the color for the stroke. And I'm going to use a red color. I'm going to click, Okay. And now if I create a new shape, Let's use a rectangle again. You will see that this shape is going to have a blue field and a red stroke because that's what we have said over here. So I'm going to click and drag. And I'm going to deselect these shapes so we can see it better. And now you can see that this shape in fact has a blue field and a red stroke around it. Now, if we want to create a shape with only a feel, all I have to do is to go and select the stroke. And then I'm going to click on this button here to set it to none. So now that this is set to none, this shape is not going to have a stroke. It is going to have only a field. And I can double-click on it to select the color by one this field to be like so. So now if I create a new rectangle, this rectangle is going to have a Greenfield and will have no stroke. So let's do that. Let's click and drag. And let's deselect it using the selection tool, like so. Now you can see that this shape doesn't have a stroke around and it has a green field. Now if I want to do the opposite to create a shape with only a stroke and no fill, I have to select the field and I have to set it to none. Then I'm going to select this stroke. I'm going to double-click on it. And I'm going to select the color for that stroke. Let's use red. I'm going to click, Okay. I'm going to click and drag using the rectangle tool to create a new rectangle. I'm going to deselect it. And you can see that now this shape has only a stroke and no fill. So that's how easy it is to tell Illustrator what color you want the fill and the stroke to be. Or if you don't want to have a stroke or a field. Okay, so those are the basics of fill and stroke in Adobe Illustrator. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the following lesson. 24. Strokes explained: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about strokes in detail. And we're also going to cover some advanced stroke techniques. So let's start. Okay, So before we start, I'm going to come over here and I'm going to double-click on the Stroke option. Now as you can see, I have two new different panels, the color panel and the color guide panel. So from these panels, I'm going to be able to select the color that I want, my shapes within my Canvas to V. Now if I click here, this balance are going to collapse. And now we get only the two icons. And I can also click over here to close these panels. Now, another way to bring these panels is by going to window. And here I can select Color. And we're going to get those two panels again. So I'm going to click here. You can see that they expand or I can click over here again and they are going to collapse. So I'm going to select them and I'm going to drag him to the right, like so. And now we can continue. And now I'm going to turn back on the visibility for these layer. And I'm going to turn off the visibility for this other one. Okay? Now, as you can see here, we have different elements. And all of these elements are made of only strokes. So we have a rectangle, we have some text. We have two spaceships and a line at the bottom. So as I said, all of these elements are made of only strokes. Now we're going to get into the details of strokes. And to be able to see the details of a stroke, you have to have the control panel open. Remember you can do it by going to Window and select control. Or you can also see the details a stroke by going to the Properties panel. And once you select an object that has a stroke, you will see the details of this element over here. If you click on stroke right here, you will see that some details appear. And all of those details are going to be related to the stroke that you have selected. Let me close this down and let me go back to my layers panel. And there is another way to see the details of a stroke. And it is by using the stroke panel. So to use the stroke panel, you have to go to Window and you have to select stroke. So I'm going to click here. And as you can see now, a new panel appears. Now, if you see this Stroke panel and only see this option, you want to go to the top right corner of this panel. Click on this little icon here, and select Show Options. So now we can see the different options of the stroke that we have selected. So as you can see, you can visualize or modify the different elements that make a stroke using the control panel, the properties panel, or the Stroke panel. Now for this, I'm going to use the control panel and the Stroke panel. But like I said, you can do it also from the Properties panel. Now, you will notice that whenever I select a different element, the values of these settings are going to change. So right now I have this rectangle selected. And you can see that this has a stroke of four points. The stroke is uniform and we have some other details. Now, if I select this text which is also made of strokes, you will see that these values will change. So I'm going to select it. And now you can see that this text has a stroke of two points. The stroke is also uniform. And we have some other information here. Now, if we select this other object, this spaceship, you will see that it has a stroke or four points and a uniform kind of stroke. If I select this other one, you will see that the stroke is also four points. But this time the profile or the kind of stroke is different. Now, this is what I wanted to show you. You can see that these two different spaceships are the same. The only thing that changes is the profile of the stroke. Now I'm going to select this spaceship and I'm going to come over here. And you will see that I can change the thickness of the stroke by modifying these value. You can see that now the stroke is thicker, but I can also make it thinner. I'm going to bring it back to four. And now I'm going to click here. And this is where we can change the profile or style of stroke. Now we're using. And I want you to see how this is going to change depending on which of these and profiles I'm going to choose. So right now I have a uniform profile, but I can use these other profile. I'm going to deselect it. And now you can see that the stroke starts very thin, goes thicker, and end very thin. Again. I'm going to select it again. And I'm going to change the profile. And you can see that now this looks completely different. I'm going to select it. And I'm going to choose a different profile. And you will see that these profiles are going to get me a different result. Alright? I'm going to bring this back to uniform. And just like we change the profile and the thickness of the stroke for this object, we can do it with any shape or text that we have in Illustrator. So I'm going to select this rectangle here, and I'm going to change the profile. You can see that now this looks completely different. I'm going to select it again and try with a different profile. Now you can see that this looks different and we can do it with any of these profiles. I'm going to bring this back to uniform. And I'm going to deselect it. Now we can try the same with the text. I'm going to select it. And here I can change the thickness of the stroke. Like so. Now, for text, right now, I cannot change the profile. You can see that I cannot select a different profile. But we can change the thickness. Alright, I'm going to deselect this text. And now I'm going to show you other options that we have when we use strokes. I'm going to select this stroke at the bottom. I'm going to copy it and paste it. And I'm going to move it up here. I'm going to increase the thickness because I want you to see it very well. Like so. Now I'm going to make a few copies. I'm going to go Control C, Control V, and I'm going to move it. I'm going to copy these two. And I'm going to move them down. Okay? Now I'm going to select it. And as you can see over here, we have other options. So the first options are for the calves of the stroke. Now as you can see, the stroke has no caps. But if I select this other one and I want to apply a new cap, I can select a round cap. And now you can see that the ends of the stroke are rounded. I can select this other one, and I can select this option to add a flat cap. So with this option, we are also going to have a cap, but the cap is not going to be rounded. Okay, I'm going to delete this one and I'm going to create a new rectangle. So I'm going to use the rectangle tool and make sure that the fill is set to none and the stroke is set to the color that you want. In this case, I'm going to use orange. And I'm going to click and drag to create a new rectangle. Like so. Okay, I'm going to go back to the selection tool. And now let's talk about corners. I'm going to make sure that this shape is selected. And as you can see, the corners of the square are really sharp. But we can have round corners if we want to. So to have round corners, we have to go to the stroke settings. And here on corner we have to select this second option. I'm going to click there. And as you can see now, the corners are rounded. I'm going to go back to the previous option. So you can see how this changes. As you can see now we have really sharp corners. And if I click on this second option, we have rounded corners. Now we have a third option, and it is to have a beveled corner. So I'm going to click here. And as you can see, this has now beveled corners. So you can select the style of corner that you like the most. Now, we can also change the stroke alignment. And let me explain what I mean. Now, if you pay close attention here, you can see that there is a purple line that connects those little white squares. Now that purple line there is our shape and the orange line is the stroke. And as you can see, the purple line is right in the middle of the orange line. So that means that our stroke is right in the middle of our shape. Now we can change the alignment of the stroke. So right now it is in the middle, but we can have it either outside of the shape or inside of this shape. So I'm just going to make sure that this shape is selected. I'm going to click and drag. And now I'm going to change the stroke alignment. Like I said, right now, it is aligned to the center. But if I click on this other option, you can see that now it is aligned to the inside of our shape. So now the purple line is on the outside and the stroke is on the inside. Now, we can do the opposite by clicking on this other option. And now you can see that the stroke is on the outside of our shape. So with these options, we can align the stroke to the center, to the inside, or to the outside of our shapes. Now we also have the option to use dashed lines. And so far we have only used continuous lines. But I'm going to show you how to use dashed lines. And for that, I'm going to select this spaceship. I'm going to duplicate it. And I'm going to move it to this other side. I'm going to scale it out so we can see this better. And I'm going to increase the thickness of the stroke. Okay? Now as you can see, this has a continuous line all the way around. But if I turn on this option, you can see that now this is converted into a dashed line. And here I can decide the length of the dashes and also the length of the gaps. So right now you can see that this is set to 12 points. So each of these dashes is 12 points lung, and each of the gaps is also 12 points. Now I'm going to change this one. Let's use 25. And now you can see that the length has changed. So now each of the vertices is 25 points long, and each of the gaps is also 25 points lung. Now if I want to have a different length for the dashes and the gaps, I can do it by selecting a different number for the gap. So I'm going to keep the dashes are 25 points, but now I'm going to change the gap to only five points. So I'm going to type down five. And now you can see that the dashes are still 25 points long, but the gaps are now on the five points long. So this way, I can define the length of the dashes and also the length of the gaps. And I can also create some kind of patterns. So if I want to have a dash of 25 points, a gap, or five points, and then a dash of only five points. I can do it as well. So I'm going to type down five here, and I'm also going to add another gap of 5. So now you can see that I have a dash of 25 points, a space or a gap of 50 points, another dash of five points, and another gap of 50 points. And then it continues with the same pattern. I'm going to deselect it so you can see how it looks. So as you can see, adding dashed lines, controlling the length of the dashes and the gaps is very easy. And you can get really good results with very little effort. Okay, so those are some of the advanced options when working with strokes. Now, there are other options that are, let's say, more advanced. But we're not going to cover them in this lesson because I think that we have already covered a lot of information. And I really don't want to overwhelm you with a lot of information. So I would like you to process and practice all of this information. And then in future lessons, I'm going to show you more advanced techniques related to working with strokes in Adobe Illustrator. For example, we're going to learn how to apply multiple strokes to the same shape and many other advanced techniques. But like I said, for now, I just want you to practice. What did you learn in this lesson? And that's all for this lesson. I hope that you learn something useful. And I will see you in the next lesson. Thanks for watching. 25. Fill explained: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to cover feel in detail. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, I still have the same file open from the previous lesson. And I'm going to start by turning off the visibility for this layer. So I'm going to come over here on my layers panel and click here to turn off the visibility. Now I'm going to select this outer layer and I'm going to turn on the visibility. Now, as you can see in this layer, I have different elements. And all of these elements have a field applied to them. So if I select one of these elements, you can see that the field is set to orange and the stroke is set to none. And we covered this in a previous lesson when we cover the basics of fill and stroke. But now I'm going to show you some advanced techniques when it comes to fields in Illustrator. And for that, I'm going to make a copy of this spaceship. I'm going to Control C and Control V. I'm going to move it over here and scale it out. Okay? Now I'm going to select This ship. And if you remember, we can change the color of the field by double-clicking on the fill option and selecting the color that we want. Like so. Or we can come over here to our control panel. Click here and select the color on the field that we want. Okay? Now so far we have only covered solid colors, but we can also add a gradient to our shapes. And I can do that in different ways. So if I come over here and you can see that below the fill and stroke options, I have three smaller icons. Now the first one is when we want to add a solid color to our fields. And the second one is when we want to add a gradient. So if I have selected the field and I click on this second icon, you can see that a gradient is applied to the feel of this object. Now, I can control the different characteristics of this gradient by using the gradient panel. And these gradient panel is going to appear as soon as you apply a gradient to a shape. But if you don't see it, all you have to do is go to Window and select gradient. Alright? Now I'm going to move this gradient panel. I'm going to place it here. I'm going to open it up. And here I can change the colors of these gradient. So now you can see that this gradient goes from white to black. And you can see that the direction of this gradient is vertical. Now, if I don't click on this white dot here, I can select a different color. And now you can see that the color goes from yellow to black. I can change this color by selecting any color that I want from the swatches panel. Or if I want to have more options for the color, I can come over here, select the Color tab. And here I can be more specific with the color that I want. Like, so I'm going to make it a little bit brighter like that. Now if I double-click on this other that you can't see that now I have the option to change these other color. Like so. I'm going to click outside of the shape so I can deselect it. And now you can see that a new gradient has been applied to this shape. Now, we can also change the direction of the gradient. So I'm going to select it again. And for that, I'm going to use the gradient tool. So I'm going to go to my Tools panel and I'm going to use the gradient tool. And you can see that as soon as I select the gradient tool, a new handle appears on my shape. So I can take this handle and move it. And you can see that as I move it, this is going to affect the gradient on my shape. I'm going to move it back up like this. And if I want to change the direction of this gradient, again, I'm going to make sure that the gradient tool is selected. And now I'm just going to click and drag. So I can click here and drag to the other side. And you can see that now the gradient goes from left to right. And I can drag it in any direction that I want. So in this way, I can control the direction of the colors of these gradient. And I can control the colors of the gradient using the gradient panel. Now if I want to have more than two colors. I can click on this area here and a new circle is going to appear. So I can double-click on this circle and I can select a different color. Now you can see that the grading goes from pink to orange to green. And again, using the gradient tool, I can select the direction of this gradient. Like so. You can see that now it goes from pink at the bottom, orange in the middle, and green at the top. Now, if I want to delete one of these colors, all I have to do is select it and press Delete on my keyboard, like so. And as you can see now we have only two colors again and again. We can change the direction of the gradient. Now, I'm going to select the Selection Tool. And I'm going to make a copy of this layer. So I'm going to go Control C, Control V. I'm going to move it down because I want to show you something else. If you remember, in a previous lesson, I showed you how to modify the transparency of a layer or a shape in Illustrator. And to do that, we have to go to the transparency panel. And here we have to change the opacity. And this way, this layer is going to be semi-transparent. Now, there is a different way to do this. And in that other way we have more control over the transparency or opacity of a layer or a shape. And I'm going to show you how. So I'm going to select this layer and I'm going to change the opacity back to 100%. And now I'm going to go back to the gradient panel. And here, if I select one of these circles, you can see that here we have an option to modify the capacity. So if I click here, I can change the opacity to, let's say 50 percent. And now if we come back to our shape, you can see that this area is going to have an opacity of only 50 percent. And this other area is going to have an opacity of 100% because we only changed the opacity for one of these circles. If I click on this other circle here, you can see that this one has an opacity of 100%. Now, to make it easier to see, I'm going to go back here, select the circle, and I'm going to change the opacity to 0%. And now I'm going to go to the Gradient Tool. And I'm going to click and drag like this. And I'm going to deselect the shape. So as you can see right over here, the opacity of this shape is 0%. And right over here, the capacity is 100%. And this way we can have shapes that are transparent or semi-transparent in some areas, while on other areas, they have an opacity of 100%. Now to make it even easier to see, I'm going to double-click on this circle. And I'm going to come to the swatches panel. And I'm going to select this red color. Then I'm going to listen. I'm going to double-click here. And I'm going to select the exact same color. But as you see, nothing is changing because this shape is not selected. So I'm going to select it by clicking here. And I'm going to do it again. I'm going to double-click here, select the red color. And I'm going to come over here, double-click and select the red color. Now as you can see, this is not a gradient anymore because it has the same color on both ends. So if I select this circle and I turned back the opacity to 100%, you can see that this has a solid color even though we're using a gradient. But what I want to show you is that I can change the opacity for one of these different circles. So I'm going to reduce it to 0% and I'm going to deselect it. And this way, it is much easier to see how this shape is semi-transparent and some areas and has an opacity of 100% in other areas. Now, I'm going to select this shape. Again. I'm going to select the circle. And I'm going to move it to the center. If I want to make it to the exact center, I can select it and come over here to occasion and change this to 50 percent. And that way it is going to be right in the center. Then I'm going to create another circle here. And I'm going to make sure that it is the same color. And I'm going to reduce your opacity to 0%. And I'm going to use the gradient tool. I'm going to create a gradient. I'm going to go from left to right. Maybe even smaller, like this. And now I'm going to deselect the shape. And as you can see in this way, we can create as many areas with transparency as we want. Now, when it comes to gradients, there are other options that we can use. For example, we can create a radial gradient or we can even create a free form gradient. Now, we're going to cover all of these options in depth in a future lesson that is going to be focused on gradients. For now, I just wanted to show you that we can use a gradient as a feel for a shape or a text in Illustrator. Now, before I said that there are different ways in which we can add gradients to our shapes in Illustrator. And I only showed you one, which is Bye coming over here and clicking on this button here, which is to make a gradient. But we can also do it from the control panel. So if I have a shape with a solid color selected, I can come over here. And I can select the gradient from here. So I can click here. And as you can see, now, we have our gradient and we can change the different colors of this gradient using the gradient panel like I showed you in the previous example. Now I'm just going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to click here. So this goes back to the color that we had before. Now, we can also add patterns to our shapes or objects in Illustrator. And I'm going to select my selection tool again. And I'm going to duplicate this spaceship. I'm going to go Control C, Control V. And I'm going to move it right over here. And I'm going to come over here and use a solid color. Like so. Now to be able to see our patterns, all they have to do is to go to window. And I'm going to select the swatches panel. And here in the swatches panel, I'm going to click on this button here on the top right corner. I'm going to go to Open Swatch Library. Here. I'm going to go to patterns. And I can select any of these options. I'm going to go to Basic Graphics, and I'm going to select that. And now as you can see, we have a new panel are open. I'm just going to move this over here so they don't get in our way. And I'm going to close these down. I'm also going to move these ones over here. Okay? So now I'm going to select this shape. And now I can apply a pattern to this shape. You can see that I can apply any of these parents that I have here. So this is another option of field that you can apply to your shapes objects in Adobe Illustrator. Now, if I want to try with different patterns, or they have to do is to come down here, click on this button here. And I'm going to go to patterns, basic graphics. And I can select these other ones. Like the lines are textures. Let's try with textures. And you can see that here I have other patterns that I can apply to my shapes or objects in Illustrator. And again, if you want to try other patterns, all you have to do again is click here on this button. Go down to patterns. And this time I'm going to try this button here. And I can click here. And as you can see, these patterns are a little bit more complex than the other parents that we had before. And they even have colors. And like I showed you before, you can load different patterns from the patterns library. Okay, so those are some of the options that we have when working with fields in Adobe Illustrator. And that's all for this lesson. I hope that you learned something useful. And I will see you in the next lesson. 26. Working with groups: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to learn all about groups in Illustrator. So let's start. All right, so for this lesson, I'm going to open up a different document. So I'm going to click on Open. And here inside of the section 4 folder, I'm going to select this document, follow your dreams. And I'm going to open it up. Now as you can see here, we have a simple illustration. And if we go to the Layers panel and I click here to collapse this layer, you can see that this document has only one layer. It is this one. And if we open up this layer, you can see that all of the elements that create this illustration are inside of this layer. And this is usually not a good idea because that means that your document is not properly organized. And you want to have your documents properly organized because that's going to help you to work faster and more efficiently. And one of the problems that we could have when we don't have our projects organized properly, is that when we want to move, there are different elements that create our design or illustration is going to be really, really hard to do it. And I'm going to show you what I mean. And I'm going to start by selecting the background. And I'm going to use the locate object button here at the bottom of the Layers panel to locate this layer. And it is this one. And I'm going to lock it so we don't select it or modified by accident. And now with the selection tool, you can see that if I want to move this character here in the middle, if I tried to select it and move it, you can see that I cannot move the whole character. I can only move the different elements that create this character. So I'm going to undo that. So if I want to move the heart character, I would need to select all of the elements of this character and then move them. So if I try to do it with the selection tool, you can see that I can click and drag to select all of the elements of this character, like so. And if I try to move these elements, you can see that now I can move the whole character. But I also moved some of the elements that do not belong to this character, like this part of the spaceship and these letter. So I'm going to undo that. So this is one of the problems that we're going to have a, we don't have our files properly organized. Now, I can use the lasso tool to make a free hand selection. So I can come over here to the direct selection tool. Click and hold, and select the Lasso tool. You can see the shortcut here, it's the letter Q. And now with this lasso tool, I can create a free hand selection like this. And then I can switch to the selection tool. And then I can move these elements all at the same time, which is what we wanted to do. But whenever I want to select the whole character and modify it or move it, I'm going to have to select these Lasso Tool, select the character, and then modify these character. And the problem is going to be when our character or our element is on top of another one, like this. If I have my character, Let's say this way. Now it's going to be hard to select the elements of this character because now these elements are overlapping with the elements of the spaceship. So if I go to the lasso tool, I tried to select this character. You can see that it is not going to be possible without selecting other elements. I'm going to undo that. I'm going to go back to the selection tool and deselect this character. Now we can solve this problem very easily. And the way to do it is by creating groups. So I'm going to select the lasso tool again. I'm going to again make the selection of these character like this. And then I'm going to right-click and I'm going to select group. Like so. Now if we go to our Layers panel, we can come over here and we can see that we have a new group right over here. And we can tell that this is a group because now it has an arrow. Now if we click on this arrow, this group is going to expand and it's going to reveal the contents of this group. Now you can see that we have this group. I'm going to collapse it and I'm going to rename it. And then I'm going to go to the selection tool. And I'm going to deselect this character. And now if I try to select any part of this character, you can see that when I click it, it's going to select the whole character because all of the elements that make this character are inside of a group. And now I can click and drag, and it's going to drag the whole character. So now if I have the same situation that I had before, where these two different elements are overlapping. I can click on any part of this character. And it is going to select all of the elements. And I can move it very easily like so. So I'm going to use the lasso tool again. I'm going to select all of the elements of these spaceship and the caterpillar. And I'm going to group them together. So remember we can right-click and select the group option. Or we can go to object. And here we can select group. And we can see the shortcut here, Command G or Control G. I'm going to click here. And if we go to our Layers panel, you can see that we have a new group here. I can turn off the view to show you that all of these elements are inside of this group. Like so. And I can rename this group. Now. I'm going to do the same with the sun. So using the lasso tool again, I'm going to select all of these different elements. And I'm going to go to object and select Group. And then I'm going to select all of these different letters. And I'm going to do the same, go to Object and select group. Or you can use the shortcut. Now, I'm going to go back to the Layers panel and I'm going to rename this group. And also this one, which is the one for the sun. And now if I go back to the Selection tool, now you can see that I can select these different elements as a group and I can move him or modify them like so. And if we go to the Layers panel, you can see that this looks very clean. And like I said, it is going to help you to work faster and more efficiently. Now, if I want to select a specific element of a group, I can do it in different ways. So let's say that I want to change the color of the letter o here. And if I use the selection tool, you can see that if I click here, it's going to select everything. But I only want to select this layer 0. So I can do it by right-clicking here again. And I'm going to select the direct selection tool. And then I'm going to make sure that this is the selected. And I'm going to click on the letter O. As you can see now, it is going to select only this letter. And I can double-click here. And I can modify the color. Like so. Now, like I said, we can do it in different ways. So another way to do it is by going to our Layers panel. I'm going to expand this layer that contains the text. Here. I can select this shape. I can turn off the view to make sure that this is the set that I want. And I can click either on this circle here or to the right of the circle. And now that this shape is selected, I can again come over here, double-click and select the color that I want. Like so. So we have those two options. Now the easiest one is of course, using the direct selection tool, but you can use the one that you prefer. Okay, So now the question is, how do I undo a group? And it is simple. So I'll have to do is I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to select this group here. I'm going to right-click on it. And now you can see that I have an option to ungroup this group. So I'm going to click here. And now, if I use the selection tool again, you can see that now these different elements are not a part of a group anymore. I can select them one by one if I want to. And if we were to the layers panel, I'm going to collapse this group here. If we go to the Layers panel, you can see that all of these different elements, I'm going to select them here. You can see that all of these elements are not a part of a group anymore. Now, I'm going to group them together again because I'm going to show you another way to ungroup them. So I'm going to use the selection tool and I'm going to make sure that all of these elements are selected. And I'm going to go to object and select group. Or I can use the shortcut like so. So now you can see that these are a group again, because if I select one of these elements, Hello group is going to be selected. So another way to ungroup a group is by going to Object. And here you can see that we have an option to ungroup these group. And we can see here the shortcut. So we can use the shortcut if we want to. I'm just going to click here. And now you can see that all of these elements are separated. Again. They are not a part of the group anymore. And we can select them all again. And if we go to the Layers panel, you can see that they don't belong to any group anymore. And now I'm going to show you another way to ungroup these elements. So I'm going to group and together again, I'm going to go to object and select Group. Okay, so again, these objects are a group again. And another way to ungroup these objects is by going to the Layers panel, selecting the group that they belong to, expanding this group and selecting all of these elements. I'm going to select the first element. I'm going to press and hold Shift. And I'm going to select the last element. And now that I have all of these elements selected, I can just click and drag these elements outside of this group and release. And now you can see that they don't belong to anymore. And if I use the selection tool, you can see that again, I can select all of these different elements one by one because they don't belong to a group. I'm going to select them again. And I'm going to use the shortcut Command G to group them together again. And I'm going to rename this group. And now as you can see, our file looks better. It looks cleaner, and it is going to be easier for us to work with the different elements of this file because now they are grouped. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the next lesson. 27. Working in isolation mode: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to learn how and why to use the isolation mode in Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, I still have the same file that I had opened for the previous lesson. And I'm going to use the same illustration to show you how the isolation mode works in Illustrator. Now, sometimes when we work in Illustrator, you will notice that when you want to select a shape or part of a shape, you will also select by accident, another shape or part of another shape. And let me show you what I mean. So I'm going to get closer here to the area of this character. I'm going to zoom in. Now for these, I'm going to use the direct selection tool. I'm going to select this shape. And as you can see, this shape has multiple anchor points. So I can select each of these anchor points and modify it. And that's going to modify this shape. I'm going to undo that. So let's say that I want to select all of these different anchor points that I have here, starting from this two and all the way to these other two. And for that I'm going to use the direct selection tool. And I'm just going to click and drag to select all of these anchor points. But you can notice that when I select these anchor points, I also selected by accident a part of another shape, this one over here, and also these other shape here. So if I wanted to move these elements like this, you will see that these other elements are also going to be affected because I had them selected. Now I'm going to undo that. And I'm going to move them again like this. And you can see that also the shape is going to be affected when I move these other anchor points. I'm going to undo it. So we can solve this problem in different ways. There is the highway and the easy way. I'm going to show you the Haraway for us. And again, I'm going to use the direct selection tool. I'm going to click here to deselect everything. And I'm going to select this shape here. Now that I have this shape selected, I'm going to go and use the locate object option here at the bottom of the Layers panel. And that's going to show me where the shape is in my layers panel. So it is this one that is highlighted. I'm going to turn it off just to make sure that this is the shape that I want. So I can select this shape and lock it. And now that it's locked, I'm not going to be able to select it. And I'm going to also select this other one. And I'm going to use the locate object command. And here you can see that this is the shape that we have here. So I'm going to lock it as well. And now you will notice that when I use the direct selection tool and I tried to select the same anchor points that I was trying to select before. You can see that I can do it. And nothing else is going to be selected because these other shapes are now locked. So I can move this anchor points in the way I want. And it is not going to affect any other shapes. I'm going to undo that. So like I said, this is the hard way. So I'm going to unlock these other shapes. I'm going to click here to unlock it, makes sure that I can select it again. And I'm going to unlock the other shape that I had loved, which is this one here that has the lacked on it. I'm going to unlock it and make sure that I can select it again. So I'm going to select this shape again. I'm just going to test that I can select these differentiates again. So I'm going to click and drag. And as you can see, we have the same problem again. And now I'm going to show you the easier way to work with a shape that is overlapping with other shapes. And for that I'm going to use the selection tool with the black arrow. Like so. I'm going to zoom out for a second. And as you can see here, we have our illustration. Now if you remember in the previous lesson, we placed all of these different objects inside of a group. So this whole character is going to act as a group. Now again, with the selection tool selected, I'm going to click outside and I'm going to double-click on any of the parts of these character. And that's going to get me into isolation mode. I'm going to double-click, like I said, on any area of this character, like this year. And now you can see that the opacity of the illustration goes down. And only the opacity of the element where I double-clicked is going to remain at 100%. In this case, the element that I clicked in was the era of the character. But since this character is inside of a group, now, these acts as a group. So now this is in isolation mode. And if I use the selection tool, you will notice that I cannot select any of these other elements anymore. They are acting like they are locked. But they are not loved. We just entered isolation mode. And with this character, I can still modify it or move it if I want to. Now, if we go to the Layers panel, you can see that now here in the layers panel, we also only have these character. Now, we cannot see the other groups are layers that we have in this file. Now, if I double-click outside of this character, this is going to turn off the isolation mode. So I'm going to double-click here. And you will notice that I can see again the other layers or groups in my layers panel. And now the rest of these elements are not grayed out anymore. So now I can select them again and modify them if I need to. But I'm going to get into isolation mode again. And again. We can get into isolation mode by double-clicking on any part of this character. I'm going to double-click here on the mouse. And again, we are in isolation mode. Now you will notice that when we get into isolation mode, there is a new set of information over here. So you can see that here we have our file which is called follow your dreams. And over here we have this group called bear. So that means that we are inside of this file, of course, and we are inside of. Now, if I want to modify a shape, I can also get into isolation mode for that shape in particular. So I'm going to zoom in and let's continue with the example of these shape here. So I'm going to double-click on this shape. And now you can see that everything else is grayed out, including the rest of the elements that create these character. And over here we can see that we are again inside of the follow your dreams file, inside of these bare group. And now inside of this path, which is this one we have over here. And now, if I tried to select a different object that creates this character or any other part of the illustration. You will notice that I cannot select anything else. If I come over here and I click on this shape and I use the direct selection tool. You will notice that I can select these different anchor points as I want. And if I want, I can move them. And that's not going to affect anything else in my illustration because I am in isolation mode and I can only add it what isolated? In this case, the shape here. I'm going to undo this. And like I showed you, we can double-click outside of the object that is in isolation mode. And that's going to get us outside of isolation mode. Now, I'm going to get inside of isolation mode again for this character. And I'm going to isolate this shape again by double-clicking on it. Like so. Now as you can see, this is the only shape active and it's the only shape that we can modify it. I'm going to get closer. And now if I want to go from having only the shape isolated to having their whole character isolated. I can come over here and you can see that I am inside of this path. And if I select this option, you can see that I went back to isolation mode and the whole character is now in isolation mode. Now if I want to isolate the nose, I can double-click here. And now the nose is in isolation mode. And again, if I want to go back to having their whole character in isolation mode, I can come back over here and click on bare. Now there's something that I want to show you and I want you to notice for that I'm going to get this I in isolation mode. Now, just notice that we have two different highlights here on this eye. And if I double-click here, now this I is in isolation mode. But as you can see, the highlights that we had over here and over here, RNR bear anymore at that is because when we enter isolation mode, we're going to see the shape that we have in isolation mode at the very top. So if it has other shapes on top of it, we are not going to see them because we're going to see the whole shape that we had in isolation mode. I'm going to go back to bear. And as you can see, the shapes come back. I'm going to zoom out and I'm going to get outside of isolation mode. And we can do it by double-clicking on any part of the canvas. Or we can do it by coming over here and clicking on our document. Like so. If I click on this arrow, this is going to get rid of these tab here. So I can click here. And as you can see, we don't have that tap anymore. Now. Right now we have this character as a group. If you remember in the previous lesson, we place this character in a group and all of these elements in other groups. But we can also get into isolation mode if the elements are not in a group. And I'm going to show you how. So. I'm going to select all of the elements that create this group. And I can do it by clicking on any part of this character. And I'm going to right-click. And I'm going to select ungroup. As you can see, all of the elements that create this character are not part of a group anymore. They are just inside of this layer. So if I click on any part of this character, you will notice that the whole character is not selected anymore. And I can select again the different parts of the character one by one. So if I want to get into isolation mode for this shape here, I can do it by double-clicking on it. And this is going to take me into isolation mode for this shape right away. If I want to get outside of isolation mode, I can just double-click outside. And if I want to get into isolation mode for another shape, I can double-click on that shape. And now it's going to get into isolation mode for this other shape. So when your shapes are not in a group, all you have to do is double-click on it. And when your shapes are inside of a group, you have to double-click on the group and then select the specific shape that you want to get into isolation mode 2 and double-click on it. And that's how we use the isolation mode in Adobe Illustrator. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the following lesson. 28. How to arrange layers using shortcuts: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to learn how to arrange the letters in Illustrator using shortcuts. So let's start. Okay, I'm going to start by opening up a new file. So I'm going to click on Open. And here inside of this section 4 folder, I'm going to select this file called how to arrange layers. And I'm going to open it up. Now in our previous lesson, we discussed the importance of labor hierarchy in Illustrator. So if you miss that lesson, make sure that you go back and watch it because what we're going to cover is related to that lesson. Now I'm going to explain really quickly how layer hierarchy works. Now you can see that here on the left, I have a stack of shapes. Now, if I select this shape here, you can see that this shape is at the very bottom of the stack of shapes. And if I go to the Layers panel, you can see that this shape that I have selected corresponds to this shape here. And as you can see in the layers panel, it is at the very bottom of the layer hierarchy. That's why this is at the very bottom in the Canvas. Now you can see that this shape is behind these green shape. But if I go to the Layers panel and I move it up, now you can see that it is going to be on top of these green shape. And here in the layers panel, it is also on top of the green shape. So that is how layer hierarchy works. And I can keep doing it. I can move it one step at a time. And you can see that this is going to keep moving to the tab. And now that this shape is at the very top and the layer hierarchy, it is going to be also on the very top in the Canvas. And I'm going to take these back all the way down in the layer hierarchy. And you can see that now it is going to be at the very bottom in the Canvas as well. Now, since layer hierarchy is very important in Illustrator, we will often need to rearrange layers in the layer panel. And we're going to do that. So we can have a specific layer, either on top or other bottom of other layers depending on what we need. Now, like I said, we are going to have to do this very often in Illustrator. Now the good news is that we can do it very quickly by right-clicking on the shape that we want to move. So I'm going to right-click on this shape. And I'm going to go to arrange. And here you can see that we have different options. So I can select Bring to Front, bring forward, Send backward, and Send to Back. Now if I select the Bring to Front option, this is going to take this shape and bring it all the way to the front. And you can see the shortcut here. So I'm going to select this option. And you can see that it moved the shape all the way to the top of this layer stack. Now let's right-click again on it. And let's go to arrange. And now we're going to send it to the back. So what I'm going to select this option. And as you can see, it sent it all the way to the back. Now, if I right-click on it again, I go to arrange and I select, bring forward. You can see that it moved it only one step up. I can do it again. Right-click, go to arrange and select, bring forward. And again, it moved it one step to the top. And I can also do it the opposite way. So I can right-click, go to arrange, select, Send backward. And it's going to move it back. And I can do it again. Right-click, select, arrange, and send backward. So this way we can do it faster, especially if we use the shortcuts. So I'm going to use the shortcut. I'm going to select this shape. And I'm going to use the shortcut Command close bracket or control closed bracket. Like so. And I'm going to send it to the back. And the shortcut for that is Command open bracket or Control open bracket. I'm going to do it again. And I'm going to send it to the back. Okay? Now I'm going to use the other shortcut to bring it all the way to the front. And I'm going to use the shortcut to send it all the way to the back. Once again and now to the back. And as you can see in this way, it is much faster to rearrange the hierarchy of these layers. Now, I don't know if you noticed, but you can see that here in the layers hierarchy, this is going to change as well. So I'm going to select this shape here. And you will see that this layer is going to move up in the layer hierarchy and then it's going to move down. So I'm going to move it up. You can see how this is moving up in the layer hierarchy. And now I'm going to move it down. Now, the same way that this is working with shapes. It is going to work with groups as well. Now, let me collapse this group here. And as you can see here, I have different groups inside of these layer. And I also have a shape. Now if I want to move, I can do it the same way. So I'm going to select the Selection Tool, and I'm going to select these wing. Now this is a group, so it is going to select all of the elements of the wing. And I'm going to use the shortcut to bring these forward. And now I'm going to send these group backwards. And I can do it with any other group. So I can select these other wing and I can do the same. Now, when I have a group, I can also rearrange parts of this group. And to do that, I have to open up the group here in the layers panel. And I need to select the shape that I want to move. So I can select this shape here. And I can use the shortcut like so. Or I can use the direct selection tool. And I can select the shape and directly on the canvas. For example, this one. And I can use the shortcut to ring it forward or to send it backwards. And that's how we arrange layers or groups in Illustrator using shortcuts. Now, I really recommend you to learn the shortcuts because you are going to use them a lot in Illustrator. And that's all for this lesson. I hope that you learned something useful. And I will see you in the next lesson. 29. Duplicating layers: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to learn how to duplicate layers in Illustrator. So let's start on right. I'm going to start by opening up a file. So I'm going to click on Open. And here inside of this section 4 folder, I'm going to select this file called duplicating layers. And I'm going to open it up. Now as you can see, this is a very simple file. All I have here are two different shapes, a red heart and a blue circle. Now, if I want to duplicate one of these shapes, I can do it in different ways. Now the easiest one is to use the selection tool. I'm going to select the shape that I want to duplicate, in this case, this heart. And then I'm going to press the Alt key on my keyboard. And you can see that when I press it, the icon of the tool changes. You can see that if I press it, it is going to turn into two arrows. If I release it, it is going to go back to the one single arrow. So I'm going to press out. And then I can click and drag and release. And you can see that I have a copy of this shape. I'm going to do it with this other shape. I'm going to select it, press Alt and click and drag. Like so. And I can do it with multiple shapes. So I can select these two shapes. I can press Alt, click and drag. And you can see that I have these additional shapes. So this is maybe the easiest way to duplicate shapes in. Now I'm going to select the shapes and I'm going to delete them using the Delete key on my keyboard. And now I'm going to show you another way to do it. So again, I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to select the shape that I want to duplicate. And then I have to go to the Edit menu. And here I can select Copy. You can see here the shortcut Control C or Command C. So I'm going to copy these shape by clicking here. And now I have to go back again to the Edit menu. And this time I'm going to select Paste. You can see the shortcut here, Command V or Control V. So I'm going to click here. And as you can see, now we have a new copy of the shape. But as you can see, these copycat placed in the middle of the canvas. Now, I'm going to do the same again. But this time I'm going to select the circle. And this time I'm going to use only the shortcuts. So I'm going to go Control C or Command C. And then I'm going to go Control V or Command V. And you can see that now we have a new copy of this shape, but it also got placed in the middle of the canvas. So whenever we copy and paste a shape in Illustrator, the new shape is going to be placed in the middle of the canvas. Now, I can select this shape and move it like so. And also this one if I want to. Now, what if I want to copy and paste a shape, but I want to paste it in the exact same place as the original shape. Well, I can also do that. And Ali, how to do is select the shape that I want to copy. In this case, I'm going to copy this heart. I'm going to go back to Edit. And I'm going to select Copy. And then I'm going to go back to edit. But this time, instead of selecting paste, I'm going to select Paste in Place. And you can see the shortcut here, Shift Control V or shift Command V. So I'm going to click Paste in Place. And now we have a new copy of this shape. But we cannot see right now because it is at the exact same place as the original shape. So if I select the selection tool and I move this shape, you can see that we have two different shapes. Now I'm going to do it again, but this time I'm going to use shortcuts. So I'm going to select the circle. I'm going to go Control C or Command C, and then Shift Control V, or shift Command V. And we have a new copy of this circle, but it is at the exact same place as the original shape. Now, if I take this shape and I move it, we can see that we in fact have two different circles here. Now, I'm going to select these two shapes, and I'm going to delete them by pressing the Delete key on my keyboard. And now I'm going to show you another way to duplicate layers or shapes in Illustrator. And it is by selecting the shapes directly from the layers panel. So I'm going to select this hard here, and I'm going to click here to select it on the canvas. You can see that this shape here corresponds to this shape over here. So now I'm going to select this layer and I'm going to drag it down all the way at the bottom of the Layers panel. And I'm going to drop it on the Create New Layer button. So if I drop it on the Create New Layer button, it is going to make a copy of this layer. So I'm going to drop it here. And as you can see, now we have an additional shape right over here. And if I come over here to the canvas, I can click and drag. And as you can see here, we have the two different shapes. Now we can ask our duplicate multiple shapes, our layers at the same time. And I'm going to show you how I can come to the Layers panel. And I'm going to select this shape. I'm going to press and hold Shift. And I'm going to select this other one. So all of these shapes are selected. And now I'm just going to click and drag all of these shapes to the Create New Layer button here at the bottom of the Layers panel. So I'm going to release here. And you can see that now we have more shapes. I can do it again. I'm just going to click here, press Shift, and hold. Click here. Now that all of these layers are selected, I'm going to click and drag him to the create new layers button at the bottom of the Layers panel. I'm going to release. And you can see that now we have a lot of different shapes. And that's another way in which we can duplicate layers in Illustrator. And if you noticed, when we duplicate layers by selecting them and dragging them to the create new layers button in the layers panel. These new layers are going to be placed in the exact same place as the original layers or shapes in the Canvas. Now, let me go back to the previous method for a second because I want to show you something important. So I'm going to select this hard here, and I'm going to copy and paste it using the command. So I'm going to go Control C or Command C to copy it. And then Control V or Command V to paste it in the middle of the artboard, like so. And here we have our copy. And to make things easier, I'm going to create a new layer. So I'm going to go to my Layers panel and I'm going to click on the Create New Layer button. I'm going to select this heart. And I'm going to move it to this layer. And I'm going to collapse this other layer, and I'm going to turn off the view. So now we have only these heart. Now what I want to show you is that you have to be careful when you use the copy paste method because you can copy only a part of a shape if you are not careful. I'm going to select this and move it over here. And if you remember, I told you to use the selection tool, then we can Command C and then Command V to make a copy. And that's the way we do it. I'm going to move this here. Now the problem is when you use the direct selection tool, which is the one with the white arrow. If you're not careful and you're using this tool. And you select a shape like this one. And you go Control C and Control V. You can see that I copied and pasted only a portion of the shape. And that is because with the direct selection tool, we can select the different components of a shape or object in Illustrator. While with the selection tool, we select the object at once. It doesn't matter where I click. I'm going to select Always the whole object. If I use the selection tool with the black arrow. Now if I use the direct selection tool, the one with the white arrow, you can see that I can select only portions of this object. So if I select a portion of an object and I go Control-C, Control-V. You will see that I'm going to copy and paste only a portion of that object or shape. The same if I click and drag, I can select only a portion of the shape. Now, if I go Control C, control V, You can see that I copied and pasted only a portion of the shape. So whenever you use this method, makes sure that you use the selection tool with the black arrow. So I'm going to go back to the black arrow. And I'm going to turn off the visibility for this layer. And I'm going to turn back on the visibility for this other one. I'm going to expand this layer because I want you to pay attention to what happens in the layer hierarchy when we make a copy of a layer in Illustrator. Now I'm going to select any shape that is in the middle of the layer hierarchy, like this one here. And to make it easier to see, I'm going to rename it. I'm going to call it red heart. Okay? Now I'm going to click on the circle to the right of the layer to select it in the Canvas. Now I'm going to go to Edit and I'm going to select Copy. Then I'm going to go to Edit again and select Paste. Now, if we go to the Layers panel, you can see that we have a new layer here called red heart. So this is the copy that we just made. And as you can see, these new layer is at the very top of the layer hierarchy and the original one was in the middle. So this is the way illustrated works. When you copy and paste a shape, it is going to paste it at the very top of the layer hierarchy. Now I'm going to select again this layer, the red heart layer. And I'm going to click on the circle to select it in the Canvas. Now, I'm going to go back to Edit and I'm going to select Copy again. And then I'm going to go back to Edit. And this time, instead of selecting paste, I'm going to select based in front. You can see that here we have two more options that we haven't talked about, based in front and based in back. Now if I select based in front, the new car B is not going to go to the very top of the layer hierarchy. It is going to go only one layer above our original layer. So I'm going to make sure that this is selected here. And I'm going to go to Edit and select paste in front. Now, if we go to the Layers panel, you can see that here we have our new copy and here we have the original layer. So as you can see, it didn't paste it at the top of the layer hierarchy. It pasted it one layer above our original layer. Now I'm going to select this layer again, the original layer. And I'm going to go back to Edit. And this time I'm going to select based in back. Now, what this is going to do is the opposite. It is going to paste it one layer below the oriental layer. So I'm going to go to Edit. And first I'm going to select Copy, and then I'm going to select based in back. Now if we go to the Layers panel again, you can see that this is the original shape and the new shape that we created is one layer below the original shape. So that's how we use these two different options based in front and based in back. Now, these two options are very important because as you remember in our previous lesson, we discussed how important layer here I get is when we work in Illustrator. So that's why we have these two options based in front and paste in back. Now, there is another way in which we can duplicate a layer in Illustrator. And it is actually very simple. I'm going to select this shape now. I'm going to click on the circle to select it in the Canvas. And I'm going to go to the Layers menu here. I'm going to click on this button. And here you can see that we have an option to duplicate the layer that we have selected. So I'm going to select Duplicate. And as you can see, we have a new copy here. Now, whenever you use this option, the new shape that you paste is going to be created one layer above the original shape. So I'm going to do it again. I'm going to select this other shape. I'm going to click on this circle to select it in the Canvas. And I'm going to click on this menu here and select Duplicate. And as you can see, the new copy was created one layer above the original shape. All right, so now I'm going to show you how to properly duplicate layers across multiple files. So for that I'm going to open up a different file. So I'm going to go to File and I'm going to select Open. Now inside of this section 4 folder, I have a file called paste, remember layers. So I'm going to open it up. And here we have a very simple illustration. But if you go to the Layers panel, you can see that this file is very clean and very organized. You can see that the main layer has a name and the groups inside of these layer, all of them have names. And if we open up these different groups, you can see that each of these different groups has different shapes. So I'm going to collapse all of these different groups. And now if we want to copy this illustration, we can do it by using the selection tool, selecting all of the elements. This illustration. Then we can go to edit, select Copy. And then we can go to our other file. And here I'm going to collapse this layer. And I'm going to turn off their view for this layer. And I'm going to create a new layer here. And here we're going to base the illustration that we copied from the other file. So I'm going to go to Edit and I'm going to select Paste. Now, if we go to the Layers panel and we open it up, you can see that this is a complete mess. Now we don't have any groups and all of these different shapes are all mixed up. So let's go back to the other file. And you can see that this file has all of these different groups properly named. And the file is very clean. So let me go back to this other file. I'm going to zoom out. As you can see, again, this is a complete mess. Now I'm going to collapse these and I'm going to turn off the view for this layer. And now I'm going to create a new layer. Like so. Now to fix our problem, all we have to do is to go to this menu here on the top right corner of the layers panel. I'm going to click here and I'm going to go all the way down. I'm going to select this option based remembers layers. So I'm going to click here. And now if I come over here again, you can see that now this option has a check mark on the left. So that means that this option is active. I'm going to select this layer here. And now I can go to the Edit menu and select Paste. Now, as you can see, we have a new layer in our layers panel. And this layer has a name, and it is the same name that it had in our original file. Now if I click here to expand this layer, you can see that now this layer has all of the different groups that we had in the original file. So we can see that we have the groups and all of these groups are properly named and organized. I can collapse these now. So that's how you properly duplicate layers across different files in Adobe Illustrator. Now, before we finish this lesson, I really want to say that I know that these lessons are getting too long, but I really want to explain in detail all of these canceled because they are the foundation of Illustrator. So if I don't explain all of these topics in detail, you will have trouble understanding why some things happen in future lessons. So please bear with me. Again. I know that these lessons are getting too long, but let me tell you something. You are investing time here. And I promise that all of the time that you are investing in this course is going to save you a lot of time when you start working in Illustrator on your own. So leases for your own. Good. Okay? Alright. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the next lesson. 30. The Pareto principle: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about the Pareto Principle. So let's start. The Pareto Principle, also known as the 80 20 rule or the rule of the vital few, is a principle that states that 80% of defects come from only 20 percent are the causes. In other words, 80 percent of the results we get come from only 20 percent of the work we do. Now, this principle doesn't apply to each and every single situation in life, but it does apply to lots of different situations. We can apply the Pareto principle to master Adobe Illustrator in a very short period of time. I'll we need to do is to focus our efforts on that 20 percent that will give us the 80% of the results. If we learn how to master only 20 percent of the software, we will be able to create almost anything that we want. Of course, we need to know which 20 percent we have to focus on. And that's why I'm here. I have designed this course, so you will master that 20 percent of Illustrator that will get you the 80% of the results in only the first few sections of this course. So in this section, I'm going to teach you how to master the most important tools in Illustrator. Then in the following section, I'm going to show you how much we can accomplish by using only those few tools. After that, we're going to learn more tools, more commands, and more techniques that will help us to improve our Illustrator skills even further. So by the end of this course, you will have learned more than that, 20%, a lot more. However, I really recommend you to focus your attention the following lectures, because like I said, those lectures are that 20 percent that will help you to master Adobe Illustrator in very little time. So please get ready because the following lectures are really important. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the following lecture. 31. Selection tools and commands: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about the different selection tools and commands in Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. All right, so as you can see, I have a new file, our bend. And you can find these files in the resources folder. Within this section 5 folder. The file is called selection tools and commands. Adobe Illustrator has different selection tools and commands that are going to help us to select our different objects within our Canvas. Now, in previous lessons, we have used two of those, the rules, the regular selection tool, which is this one with the black arrow. And the shortcut for this tool is the letter V on your keyboard. We have also used the direct selection tool, which is the one with the white arrow. And the shortcut for this tool is the letter a on your keyboard. Now, these tools work very similar. So I'm going to use the regular selection tool, the one with the black arrow. And I'm going to select different elements of this logo. For example, these Blue Shield. I can click on it and as you can see, it gets elected. Now I can click and drag and I can move it like so. I'm going to undo that. Another way to select elements with this tool is by clicking and dragging like this. And everything that is within the selection area is going to get selected. Now, I can click and drag. And as you can see, now, I am moving all of these different objects or shapes at once. I'm going to undo that again. And now I'm going to use the direct selection tool, which is this one here. Now, the direct selection tool works a little bit different with the Direct Selection Tool. I can select not only Hello object, but also the different elements that create that object. So with the direct selection tool, I'm going to click outside to deselect everything. And then I'm going to click again on the shield. Like so. As you can see, the whole object is selected. I can also click and drag like so. And as you can see, I moved the whole object. I'm going to undo that. And now with this direct selection tool, we can also select the different elements that create our objects. In this case, we have a shape that is made by different anchor points. So I can use the direct selection tool to select one of these anchor points. And if I want to, I can modify the shape by moving these anchor point. Like so. I can also modify any other anchor point that I want. And I'm just going to undo that. Now we can also click and drag like we did with the previous tool. But this time it is not going to select the whole object. I'm going to release here. And as you can see, we only selected a few anchor points, the ones that were within the selection area. Now if I click and drag, you can see that I am moving only the anchor points that we selected. I'm going to undo it. And that's the main difference between these different tools. With the regular selection tool, I can select how objects only, like so. And with the direct selection tool, I can select the different elements that create those objects and modify them. So I'm going to undo it. And there is also another difference between these two tools. So I'm going to select the regular selection tool, the one with the black arrow. As you can see, if I go to my Layers panel, you can see that if I expand this group, this group contains other subgroups. If I expand this other subgroup, you can see that we have more groups inside. So with the black selection tool, if I select one of these different elements that is within one of the groups, like this one here. You can see that it is going to select the whole group. So I'm going to click and drag. And as you can see, I am selecting these group, which is this one over here. I can turn off the view. So you can see that this is a whole group. I'm going to undo that. And now if I use the direct selection tool, the one with the white arrow, I'm going to unselect all of these elements. And if I click on any of these elements that are inside of a group like this one here. You can see that I can select these elements alone. So I can click and drag and I can modify it. So I'm going to undo that. And I'm going to do the same with the regular selection tool. So let's go back and let's try selecting the same element. And you can see that I cannot select these elements alone. It is going to select the whole group. Now we have other selection tools. So to get those selection tools, all we have to do is come over here to the tools panel. And I'm going to click and hold on the direct selection tool. So I'm going to click and hold here. As you can see, there is a menu from where we can select other tools. So I'm going to start with this tool, the Group Selection Tool. So I'm going to select it. And now this tool is going to help us to select groups. And again, if we go to our Layers panel, you can see that we have different groups here. And I'm going to start by selecting a part of the toothbrush, this part here. So I'm going to click here. And as you can see, I am selecting only one object. But if I click again, I'm going to select the group that this element belongs to. So now you can see that I am not selecting only this shape here, but also these other shapes that are within the same group than the shape here. So just notice that all of the elements that are over here are selected. And this element here is not selected right now. But if I click again here, you can see that now this one is selected as well. If I click again, now, these other elements are selected. So if we go to our layers hierarchy and we come here, you can see that this is the group that contains all of those elements. And inside this group, we have this other group that contains these toothbrush. And instead of this group, we have yet another group which contains these part of the toothbrush. So basically, what this tool does is if you click on one shape, it is going to select only that shape. If you click again, is going to select the group that that shape belongs to and all of its elements. And if that group is inside of another group and you click again, it is going to select the group that contains the group that contains the shape. So I'm going to do here again. I'm going to make sure that everything the selected here. And I'm going to select these objects. Like so. If I click again, I'm going to select these objects and the whole group that this object belongs to. If I click again, I'm going to select the next group in the hierarchy. And if I click again, I'm going to select the next group in the hierarchy. Now, I don't really use the group selection tool very often. But if you find it useful, go ahead and use it. All right, so I'm going to close this layer here because I want this to look cleaner. So I'm going to collapse them like so. And now I'm going to change back to the direct selection tool here. Okay? Now let's say that I want to select all of these different squares that I have here. So for that, I can use either the direct selection tool are the regular selection tool. Now let's use the regular selection tool for this one. And I'm going to click here to deselect everything. And now again, let's say that I want to select all of these different squares. So I can do it by clicking and dragging right here. And now I have all of these different score selected. And then I can press Shift on my keyboard and then click and drag here. And as you can see, now I have these other score selected. I can click and drag over here. And again over here, like so. And finally here, like so. So as you can see now, I have all of these different scores are selected. And if I want to, I can click and drag. And you can see that I got all of the squares. And over here I have the circles and the triangles. So I'm going to undo that. And I'm going to deselect all of those squares. Now, as you can see, if we do it that way, it is going to take a lot of time. So when we went to select something like this, we have another selection tool, which I actually use it very often. And it is the Lasso selection tool. So to get the Lasso selection tool, I'll have to do is to go to my Tools panel here. And here on my direct selection tool, I'm going to click and hold. And as you can see, I have here the lasso tool. You can see here the shortcut, which is the letter Q on your keyboard. And I'm going to select it like so. Now with this tool, we can draw a selection in any shape that we want. Like this. So if I want to select all of these different squares, all I have to do is come over here. And I'm going to select using a free hand selection. Like so. Now as you can see, I selected part of the circle. So if I want to deselect something, and this works with this tool and also with the regular selection tool and the Direct Selection tool, I can press the Alt key. And as you can see, there is a minus sign on my tool. Now, if I release the Alt key, minus sign disappears. So I'm going to press and hold the Alt key. And I'm going to draw a selection. And it is going to deselect everything that is inside of the selection area, like so. And again, you can use the Alt key with the direct selection tool, with the regular selection tool, and also with the Lasso tool. And to do the opposite, to add to a selection, you can use the Shift key and you can also use it with the Direct Selection tool, with the regular selection tool and with the Lasso tool. So now that I deselected the anchor points that I don't need, I can go back to the direct selection tool. And I'm going to do it by using a shortcut, which is the letter a. And now I can click and drag. And as you can see, we have all of these square selected. And it was much easier and much faster. I'm going to undo that. And I'm going to go back to the Lasso Tool. Remember the shortcut letter Q on your keyboard? And now I'm going to deselect all of these squares. And I'm going to select the circles. So I'm going to make a quick selection here. So I'm just going to switch to the direct selection tool by pressing a on my keyboard. And now I can click and drag. And you can see that I selected all of the circles very easily and very quickly. I'm going to undo that. I'm going to go back to the Lasso Tool by pressing Q. And I'm going to do the same with the triangles. I'm going to press a to bring back the direct selection tool. And I'm going to click and drag to move him. And I'm going to undo it. I'm going to deselect those. And as you can see, by using the Lasso selection tool, we can make free hands elections very easily and very quickly. Now, to use this tool, you have to have a very steady hand. So I recommend you to practice using this tool because this tool is going to help you to save a lot of time when you have to make these kinds of selections. Now, let's come over here and you can see that here we have a lot of different circles. And the circles have different colors. Well, some of these silicons have the same color, but they are all mixed together. Now, what if I want to select all of the yellow circles? How do I do that? Well, I can do it using the selection tool. So I'm going to go ahead and select the Selection tool. So if I want to select all of the yellow circles, I'll have to do it manually. I'm going to click here, press Shift. And I'm going to click on every single one of these yellow circles. But that is going to take a lot of time. So there is another tool that is going to help us to select the different elements in our Canvas using colors. And that tool is Magic Wand tool. So to get the magic one tool, I'm going to go to my Tools panel here. And at the very bottom you can see that there are three that. So I'm going to click here and I'm going to go all the way at the top. You can see that here we have the tools for selections. And you can see that here we have the Magic Wand Tool. You can see the shortcut here is the letter Y on your keyboard. So I'm going to close this down, and now I'm going to press Y. So now we have the Magic Wand Tool selected. And now I'm going to click on any of these yellow circles here. And as you can see now, all of the yellow circles are selected. And I'm going to switch to the Direct Selection Tool using the letter a on my keyboard. And now if I click and drag, you can see that all of the yellow circles were selected. I'm going to undo that. And I'm going to press the letter Y again to bring back the magic wand tool. And now I'm going to select all of the elements that are purple. So I'm going to click on any of the purple circles. And now all of the purple circles are selected. And again, I'm going to switch back to the direct selection tool by pressing a. And I'm going to move those circles. And as you can see, all of the purple circles were selected. I'm going to undo that. And I'm going to do it again. Press Y to bring back the magic one tool. And this time I'm going to select the green circles. And this time you can see that it's elected not only this circles here, but also all of these other elements, because they are the exact same color. So I can click and drag. And you can see that all of these elements that are the same color gap selected, I'm going to undo it. And now I'm going to press back the letter Y on my keyboard to bring the magic one tool. And I'm going to go to the Tools panel. And I'm going to double-click on this tool. As you can see here, I have some settings for these tool. Now, the most important setting is the tolerance. As you can see, it is said very low. So if I take this app, let's say to around 60, and I try again, I'm going to click here. You can see that now it's elected a lot of different colors. And that is because we, the tolerance. You can see that it's elected the purple circles, also this color, and a few more colors including the one for the teeth of these logo. So usually you want to have this number very low. I'm going to set it to 0. So if you have it at 0%, it is going to select only the colors that are exactly the same. So I'm going to try it again. I'm going to deselect all of these different elements. And I'm going to press the Y key to bring back the magic one tool. And I'm going to click again on the circle. And as you can see now, it's selected only the circles that we wanted to select. You can see that here. And I'm just going to undo that. Now, as you can see in the settings, the field color is selected. And that means that this tool is going to take the field color as the main reference. But if I turn off the Fill Color option and I turn on the stroke color, it is going to ignore the field color and it's going to select the elements within the same stroke color. If I turn off the stroke color and I turn on the stroke weight, it is going to select the strokes that have the same thickness. If we use the Opacity option, is going to select the different elements that have the same or bacilli. And if we select the Blending Mode option, it is going to select the elements that have the same blending mode. So as you can see, the magic one tool is going to help us to select elements that have the same or similar characteristics. And from the magic one tool settings, we can select which characteristics we want to take into account when using the magic one tool. Okay, I'm going to close these settings. So again, if you don't see the magic one tool or some of these other tools here. You can always go to the bottom of the tools panel, click on those three dots here. And you can see that here we have a lot of different tools that don't appear in our layers panel, including the selection tools that we are covering. And if you want to have one of these tools in your tools panel, all you have to do is click and drag to the Tools panel, like so. Now if I close this panel here, you can see that now I have the magic one tool here. And you can do the same with any of the tools that you can see in these menu. Now, we can also use commands to make selections in Illustrator. And for that, I'm going to go to the menus here at the top. I'm going to go to select. And as you can see here, we have different options. So if I want to select all of the elements within my document, I'm going to select these options are. And you can see the shortcut here on the right. So I'm going to click here. And you can see that now all of the elements within my document are selected. Now let's go back over here. Let's go to Select. And this time we're going to use the de-select command. So with this command, all of the elements are going to be deselected. And you can see the shortcut here. I'm going to click here. And now you can see that all of these elements are de-selected. Now, let's go back to the Select menu. And you can see that we have a command to re-select the previous selection. So I'm going to use this command here, reselect. And you can see that now we are back to our previous election. Now let's go back over here. I'm going to deselect all of these elements. And now I'm going to go back again. And we can use another command. And this one is to select all of the elements within the Arab work that I'm working on. So this is going to be similar to this command here. But when we have a file with multiple artboards with this command here, I'm going to select only the elements within the artwork that I'm working on. And with this one here, if we have a file with multiple artboards, it is going to select all of the elements from all of the artboards. So right now in this file, I have only one artboard. So if I click here, it is going to select all of the elements within these particular artboard. Now I'm going to go to the selection tool. I'm going to select it. And I'm going to make a selection like this. Now, you can see that all of these different circles are selected. But I can invert this selection. And inverting the selection means that the elements that are selected are going to be deselected and the elements that are de-selected are going to be selected. So let's invert the selection. So I'm going to go to select and I'm going to go to inverse, like so. So you can see that now all of these different circles that were selected before are now de-selected. And the rest of the elements that we're de-selected are now selected. Okay, so let's go back to the Select menu. And we can come over here and you can see that we have these sub-menu. So we can select elements that have the same appearance. Appearance, attributes. Blending Mode, fill and stroke. Fill color, opacity, stroke color, stroke weight, graphic style, shape, symbol, instance, or link blog series. So this is going to be similar to what we did with the magic one tool. So I'm going to select this yellow circle here. And I'm going to go to select same. And I'm going to go to Fill color. You can see that now all of these different circles that have the same fill color are selected. I'm going to move him. So you can see that all of the circles are the same color. I'm going to undo that. And now I'm going to go back to select. And as you can see again, we have all of these different options. You can try them on your own because if I try every single one of these options, it is going to take a lot of time. All right, so this was a long video, but we covered a lot of different options to select elements in Adobe Illustrator. So I know it was a long video, but I hope that you'll learn a lot. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the following lesson. 32. The rectangle and other shape tools: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, I'm going to teach you how to use the different shaped tools in Illustrator. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, I have these file up in, it is called the Rectangle and other shape tools. And you can find it in the resources section of this course in this section 5 folder. Now, you can see that there are some shapes in this document. And we're going to use those shapes as a guide to create our own shapes. And I'm going to go to, they're told spinal here. And you can see that here we have a rectangle. Now, if I click on hold, you can see that we get other shape tools. Now I'm going to click on this little arrow here on the right of these menu. Like so. And now we have this panel independent from the Tools panel. So I'm going to place this bundle here. And now I'm going to start by selecting the field option. I'm going to double-click on it. And I'm going to change the color. I'm going to use a blue color here, like that. And now I'm going to select the stroke color. I'm going to select none because I don't want a stroke. Now, I'm going to select this rectangle tool. And there are different ways in which we can use this tool. So the first way is to just click on the canvas. So I'm going to click here. And you can see that here we can change the width and the height of the rectangle that we're going to make. Now if I want to have a perfect square, I have to place the same value for both of these options. So I'm going to type down to 150 here, and I'm going to type down the same number here. Then I'm going to click Okay. And as you can see, now we have our perfect square. I'm going to press V to bring the selection tool. And I'm going to move these over here. Okay, so let's again the rectangle tool, and let's do it again. Let's click on any part of the canvas. But now I'm going to change the width. So instead of 250, I'm going to use 500. And I'm going to click, Okay. So as you can see, now we have a longer rectangle. And this way we can change the dimensions of the rectangle that we want to create. So you can enter any dimensions that you want. Now, I'm going to select the rectangle tool again. And there is another way in which we can create rectangles or squares with this tool. And it is by just clicking and dragging in our Canvas. So I'm going to click and drag here. And as you can see in this way, I can create the rectangle in any size that I want. All I have to do is click and drag. Like so. Now if I want to click and drag, but I still want to have a perfect square. All they have to do is click and drag. But as you can see, I can create this rectangle and it is not going to be a perfect square. So to create a perfect square, I have to press and hold the Shift key while I'm dragging. So I'm going to drag and I'm going to press and hold the Shift key. And as you can see, as I press the Shift key, this is going to turn into a perfect square. So now I can continue dragging. And this is going to change only the size of the square, but it is going to stay a perfect square. So I'm going to leave it like this. And now I can release the Shift key. Now, if you noticed, all of these different rectangles were created starting from one of the corners. So I can click and drag. And you can see that I created the rectangle starting from this corner. I can do it in the opposite direction like this. So I started from this corner and drag it over here. Now, we can also create the rectangles using the rectangle tool starting from the center. And for that, I'm going to use the alt key on my keyboard. I'm going to press Alt. And as you can see, the icon of the tool changes. And that means that this rectangle is going to start from the center. So I'm going to click and drag. Now as you can see, the rectangle is starting from the center. So as I drag it, it's going to drag on both directions. And I'm going to leave it like this. And I'm going to do it again. So I'm going to press and hold the Alt key. And I'm going to click and drag like so. Now if I want to create a perfect square starting from the center, I'm going to press and hold the Alt key, and then press and hold the Shift key, and then click and drag. And as you can see now, I am creating. A perfect square. But I'm starting from the center out. And now I'm going to show you how to edit your shapes. So as you can see here at the bottom, I have different shapes. So for this one, I'm going to take a perfect square that you can see here in a really light gray. I'm going to modify it until I get these other shape, the one in darker gray. I'm going to do the same here. I'm going to turn a square into this rectangle here. And I'm going to turn this square here into this diamond like shape. And I'm going to do the same with these other shapes. So for that I'm going to use the selection tool. Remember the shortcut is V. I'm going to select this square here, and I'm going to duplicate it. So I'm going to go Control C, Control V. And I'm going to move it over here. Now since I want to see what is behind this square, I'm going to come over here. I'm going to click on this button here. So I have a stroke instead of a field. Now, I'm going to make the stroke a little bit thicker. I'm going to increase it here. Like so. I'm going to deselect it for a second. And now we're going to take the square and we are going to turn it into this rectangle here. So I'm going to select it and I'm going to click over here. You can see that if I hover the mouse over these, that here, the cursor is going to change. So I'm going to select here and I'm going to click and drag, and I'm going to drag it over here. And if I press the Alt key, I'm going to drag it from both ends. So you can see that I'm going to do it from both ends. I'm going to release here. Now I'm going to the same again. So I'm going to select square. I'm going to duplicate it. I'm going to move it over here like that. And to copy the style of this stroke here, I'm going to press the letter I on my keyboard. And as you can see, we get a neutral, which is the eyedropper tool. So I'm going to click on this stroke here. As you can see, that's going to copy and paste the settings of the stroke into our new shape. Now to make it easier, I'm going to select the Selection Tool and I'm going to make a copy of this shape. So I'm going to go Control-C, Control-V. I'm going to move it over here. I'm going to the same. Move it over here. And I'm going to do it again. Okay? Now, let's go back to this shape here. I'm going to select it. And this time I'm going to the same that I did here. So I'm going to click and drag, but I am not going to press the alt key, because if I press it, it is going to move on both ends. So I'm just going to move this one like this. And now we have our shape. Now, let's go to the other one, and I'm going to select it. So for this one, all I have to do is rotate it. So if I hover the cursor over one of these different that you can see that the icon changes. So when I have these new icon, I can click and drag. And you can see that now we can rotate our shape. Now I can press shift and you can see that this is going to snap to a 45 degree angle. I'm going to release here. And I'm going to move this into place. Like so, I'm going to deselect it. And now I'm going to select this other shape here, like so. But for this one, I'm going to use the direct selection tool. So I'm going to come over here, select the direct selection tool. I'm going to click and drag, select those two anchor points at the bottom. And I'm going to move these points like so. I'm going to deselect it. You can see that now we have our new shape. And for this last one, I'm going to do the same that we did before. So I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to select this shape. I'm going to rotate it. And I'm going to make sure that I press the Shift key so it's snapped to 45 degrees. And now I'm going to switch back to the direct selection tool. And if I deselect this, you can see that we have to move this anchor point. So I'm going to select it and I'm going to move it like so. So you can see that I can move it freely. And we're going to be able to edit the shape. So I'm going to move it like that. So now we have the shape that we wanted. And now let's talk about the Ellipse tool. But before that, I'm going to create a new layer. Like so. And I'm going to turn off the visibility for these other layers. Now, I'm going to select the Ellipse Tool here. And I'm going to click on this button. So we get a field instead of a stroke. Now, the Ellipse tool works very similar to the rectangle tool. So with the ellipse tool, I can also just click on my canvas. And I can enter the values for the width and the height of my circle or my ellipse. I'm going to click, Okay. And as you can see, now we have a circle. Now, if I click again, I can enter different values for width and height. So for example, for this one I'm going to use 104, these other ones, I'm going to use 300. I'm going to click, Okay. And now you can see that we have an ellipse. I'm going to move it here. Okay? Now let's select the ellipse tool again. And we can also just click and drag. And this way we can create ellipses like this. If we want to have a perfect circle by clicking and dragging, I can press the Shift key. So I'm going to press and hold the Shift key and click and drag. And you can see that we get a perfect circle. Now if I press Alt, I'm going to create the circle from the center out, like this. And if I press Shift, I'm going to create a perfect circle from the center out. So like I said, the Ellipse tool is going to work very similar to the rectangle tool. Now I'm going to select the Selection Tool. And just like we did with the rectangles, we can select this circles and modify them if we need to. Like so. I use the direct selection tool. I can select the different elements that create the circle. In this case, these anchor points. So I can select them and modify them like that. And I can also select these control handles and move them. So as you can see, the Ellipse tool works very similar to the rectangle tool. Now let's talk about the polygon tool. And for that I'm going to create a new layer. And I'm going to turn off the visibility for this other one. And now I'm just going to make sure that the new layer that I created is selected. Now let's talk about the polygon tool. So I'm going to select it and we can create new polygons by clicking on my canvas, like so. Now you can see that here we have two different options. The first one is to select the radius of my polygon. In this case, I'm going to use 300. And the next option is to select the number of sides that these polygon is going to have. For now, I'm going to leave it like it is at six. And I'm just going to click, Okay. So as you can see, now we have a new polygon with six different sides. Now I'm going to do it again. I'm going to click again. And now I'm going to increase the number of sides. So I'm going to select eight and I'm going to click, Okay. Now you can see that we have a new polygon, but this time it has eight different sides. Now, we can also create polygons by clicking and dragging. So I'm going to come over here and I'm going to click and drag. And as you can see, I am creating a polygon with eight sides, because that's the number of sides that the previous polygon that I created had. So I'm going to release here. And you can see that now I have another polygon. Now, you can see that this polygon is not level on the horizontal axis. So I'm going to create another polygon here. But this time I'm going to press the Shift key. And now you can see that this polygon is going to be created Level 2, the horizontal axis. I'm going to release like so. And now I'm going to click and drag again. And if we go to our keyboard and we press the down arrow key, that's going to decrease the number of sides that these polygon is going to have. If I press the up arrow key, it is going to increase the number of sides of this polygon. So I'm going to create a polygon with only five sides. And I can increase or decrease the size by dragging. And if I perceived it is going to be leveled with the horizontal axis. So I'm going to release here. And you can see that now we have our new polygon. And that's how the polygon tool works in Illustrator. All right, so I'm going to create a new layer. So I'm going to come over here and created, and I'm going to turn off the visibility for these other one. And I'm going to create a new star. So I'm going to select the Star Tool. I'm going to click and drag and I'm going to press Shift. Like so. And as you can see, we have our star. Now the star has three main components. The first one is the number of points. And in this case, you can see that this star has five points. The other components are the radiuses. We have an outer radius, which is going to define where the points of the star are going to end. And we have an inner radius, which is going to define where the points of the star are going to start. Now with the Star Tool selected. I'm going to click on the canvas. And as you can see here, we have the three main components. Radius one, radius two, and points. So point is going to define how many points we want our star to have. Radius one is going to define the outer radius and radius 2 is going to define the inner radius. So I'm going to leave points at five, but I'm going to change the radius. I'm going to use 204, radius 2, I'm going to use 100. And I'm going to click Okay. Now you can see that we have another star and it is a little bit different from this one. Now, I'm going to click again. And this time I'm going to change radius one. So I'm going to use 250. And I'm going to click Okay. So as you can see, these stars are similar, but the outer radius of this one is larger. So the star has larger points. Now I'm going to click again. And this time I'm going to bring this back to 100. And I'm going to increase the number of points. Let's use ten. And I'm going to click Okay. So as you can see this way, we can create different kinds of stars. And if I click and drag, I can also create a star. So I'm going to click and drag here. And as you can see, this start lamb creating has 10 points as well because it is going to take the information from the latest start that we created. Now if I want to modify the number of points of this star, I'm going to press either the up key on my keyboard or the down key on my keyboard. So if I press the up key, it is going to increase the number of points. And if I press the down key, it is going to decrease the number of points. Now, if I press the Command or Control key and drag, you can see that I can modify the outer radius so I can make it bigger or smaller. And again, with the up and down keys, I can increase or decrease the number of points of the star. And by just changing those different settings, we can create different kinds of stars. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the next lesson. 33. The live corners widget: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about the live corners widget in Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, I have a new file and this file is called live corners. And you can find it in this section 5 folder of the resources section of this course. Now, in this file, I have different shapes and all of these shapes, our basic shapes. And in the previous lesson, we learned how to create these shapes. Now, I'm going to select the first shape, which is this rectangle here. And you can see that when I select this shape, we have the different anchor points here. But we also have a circle on each of the corners of this shape. Now, these circles are going to help us to round the corners of our shapes. So I'm going to leave this one the way it is. And I'm going to select the second one. Now with the selection tool, the one with the black arrow, I'm going to grab one of these circles and I'm going to drag it inside. So I'm going to grab this one and I'm going to drag it inside. And as you can see, these widget is going to help us to round the corners of our shapes. So I'm going to deselect this. And as you can see here, we have our base shape, which is a square. And now we have a square with rounded corners. So I can do it again. I'm going to select these other square, and I'm going to grab one of these circles. I can grab anyone. So I can grab this one. And I'm going to round these corners. Now, if I take this circle all the way to the center, I'm going to end up with a full circle. So you can see that we started with a square and now we have a circle. Now let's select the next one. And now if I want to round only one of these corners, I cannot do it with this tool because if I grab one of these circles, I'm going to round all of the corners at once. So I'm going to undo that. And now I'm going to select the direct selection tool, the one with the white arrow. Now with this tool, I can grab these different circles independently from the others. So you can see that I am selecting each of these circles. And if I want to round only this corner here, I can click on this circle. And I'm going to be able to round only these corner. And if I want to round these other corner, I'm going to select these anchor point, like so. And now you can see that all of the other points disappeared. So I can grab the circle and drag it like so. And you can see that now I am rounding corners independently from the others. Now, I can select this other shape, and I can also select different anchor points. Let's say I want to round these corner, this corner and this corner. I can select these different anchor points. So I'm going to select this one. I'm going to press and hold Shift. I'm going to select this other one. As you can see, as I am selecting these corners, these different circles appear. And now all I have to do is select this other corner. So I can see this circle here. And now that these circles are visible, I'm going to click and drag any of the three circles. So I'm going to click and drag these one. Like so. And this way, I rounded three corners and lived these other corner untouched. Now, I can always come back and select the circles and modify them if I want to. Like so. Now we have more options to control these corners. So I'm going to go to this other shapes and I'm going to leave this the way it is because I want to compare the shapes later on. So I'm going to select the second one. And now I'm going to select one of these anchor points. Now as you can see on the control panel, I have these option and this one is to control the corners that I'm creating. So I'm going to click and drag. So I select all of these different anchor points. And now I'm going to go back to the section. And here I can type down how big I want these corner to be. So I'm going to type down 50. And I'm going to press Enter. Now as you can see, we have our kernels here and I'm going to do the same for these other shapes. So I'm going to use the direct selection tool. I'm going to click and drag. And I'm going to type down 50 here. And I'm going to do the same with these other one. Perfect. Now I'm going to go back to this one. I'm going to select all of these points. And I'm going to go over here and I'm going to click on corners like this. And you can see that here we have more options. So right now we have these round corner. But we also have an inverted round corner and a chamfer corner. So for this one, I'm going to use a round corner. Now, I'm going to click and drag to select all of these anchor points here. I'm going to go back to corner, and I'm going to select the second option, inverted round corner, like so. Now you can see that this has a round corner, but this time it is inverted. And this creates a completely different shape. I'm going to select this other one. I'm going to come back to corners and I'm going to select chamfer. I'm going to deselect this shape. And as you can see now, all of these shapes look different because we used different settings for the corners. Now so far we have worked with basic shapes, but we can also create round corners for shapes that have been modified. So for example, here I have a star and I'm going to select these other ones because I want to have these one to compare it at the end. Now, I'm going to select the star, and I'm going to click on this anchor point. I'm going to drag it like this. So you can see that now this has been modified. I'm going to select this other one here. I'm going to drag it like that. Okay, so now this is not a basic shape anymore. It's been modified. Now I still can add round corners if I click on these anchor points. So you can see that if I click here, I have the circle here. So I can click and drag the circle. I'm going to get these round corner, the same with this one that I modified. I can select the anchor point and I can click and drag like so. And I'm going to do the same with these other anchor points. So as you can see, this is going to work not only with basic shapes, but with any shape that we have. And I'm going to do the same with this one. I'm going to modify it a little bit. And I'm going to select this point that we modified. And we can also do it from the menu here. So I'm going to add 60 here. And I'm going to click here. And I'm going to click on inverted round. Like so. So as you can see, this is going to work with any shape that we have. So I'm going to select the Pen tool and I'm going to create another shape. So as you can see, this is a custom shape like so. And I'm going to select the direct selection tool. And as you can see, I can't do the round corners with any shape that I create. Even if I created this shape with the pen tool. You can see that this is going to work with any shape. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the next video. 34. The width tool: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about the width tool. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, I have a new file opened. And this file is called width tool. And you can find it in this section 5 folder of the resources section of this course. Okay? Now you can see out here on the left, I have what looks like different shapes, but they are actually the exact same shape. In fact, they are only strokes. Now, to show you that I'm going to go to View and I'm going to select outline. So I go to the outline mode. So I'm going to click here. And here in the outline mode, you can see that these different shapes that we had here are in fact only simple strokes. And they are the exact same stroke. So it starts on the left and it ends on the right. So they are the exact same stroke. Now, let's go back to the preview mode. So I'm going to go to View and I'm going to select Preview. Now, the reason why these look different, even though we have seen that they are the exact same stroke, is because each of these strokes has a different profile assigned. Now, if I use the selection tool and I select the first stroke, I go to the Control Panel. You can see that the profile that has been said for this stroke is the uniform profile. And if I select the second stroke, you can see that the profile is a different profile. And the same is going to happen for the rest of these different strokes. You can see here, when I select them, we can see the profile that has been applied over here. Now, we can apply any bra file that we want to, any stroke that we have in our document. For example, if I select the first one, the one that has a uniform profile, I can come over here, click here. And I can select any of these different profiles. Let's select this one. And now you can see that these two strokes have the same profile. So they look the same. Okay, I'm going to select it. I'm going to bring it back to uniform. Now, like I said, we can apply different profiles to any stroke that we have in our document. So I'm going to select these other stroke that I have here. I'm going to click and drag to select it. And I'm going to go to the Control Panel. I'm going to click here. And I'm going to add these profile. So I'm going to click here. So you can see that now the stroke looks different. I'm going to select it again. And I'm going to add another profile like this one. And you can see that now it looks different again. And I'm going to do the same with the circle, just to show you that we can do this with any stroke, I'm going to use this one. And the gases have now, this looks different. Now let me come over here. And as you can see, Illustrator comes with these different profiles. And we can also create our own profiles, or we can download different profiles from the Internet. Now, the only problem with profiles is that they are very limited because they are going to limit us to the shape that has been predefined. Now, what if I want a stroke with a more customized profile? Then for that, I can go to my Tools panel. And here the bottom, you can see these tool, the width tool. And you can see the shortcut here, Shift W. So I'm going to select the width tool. And I'm going to hover over this line that we have at the bottom. And you can see that as soon as I hover over the line, a white dot appears. And what that means is that if I click and drag, the thickness of the stroke is going to be modified on that area. So let me come over here to the very beginning. And I'm going to click and drag. You can see that I can click and drag. And the thickness of the stroke is going to be modified. So I'm going to make it really thin, like so. And now I can come over here to any other part of this stroke. And I can click and drag again. Like so. And I can come over here, click and drag like that. And I can do this. As many times as I want. And you can see that this way we can get really customized strokes. You can see that the thickness of the stroke is going to change on different points of the stroke. I'm going to do it here at the very end as well, like that. And here in between these two points, I'm going to click here and drag. Now, let me deselect it for a second. And now you can see that the stroke is very, very different to any of these other strokes that we have here. So if we wanted to create a stroke like this using any of these profiles, we couldn't do it because we don't have any profile that matches these shape. So if we want to have a custom profile for our strokes, we can use the width tool. Now, the great thing about using the width tool is that you can always go back to the stroke and modify the thickness on these different points that we added. For example, I can come back here to this point. And I can grab one of these two points that are on the site, either this one at the top or the one at the bottom. I can just grab them. Click and drag. And you can see that I'm going to be able to modify the thickness again. And I can do it with any of these different points that we added. You can see I just modified this other part here. Now, we can also click and drag on the points to move them. And you can see that the transition between the thickness on these different points is always really smooth. So again, you can just select a point, click and drag. And you are going to be able to modify the position of these thickness points. Now if I take point here and I drag it, you can see that I can drag it anywhere I want, like so. But if I try to bring it over this point all the way to this other side. You can see that if I click and drag, I cannot drag it over the other side. And the same, if I do it on this other side, you can see that it is just going to snap to the other point. And that's going to create a very sharp angle here. So you can see that here we don't have a curve anymore. We have a very sharp angle. So if that's what you want to do to create a very sharp angle, That's how you do it. You have to place two points together. And those with points should have different thickness values. Okay? Now I'm going to click and drag again on these width point. And I want you to notice that if I move this point around, this is going to affect only the thickness of these point. And it's going to be limited to these two points that are next to this point, the one on the left and the one on the right. So you can see that these parts over here are not affected, only these area here. So again, I can click and drag. And you can see that I'm affecting only this area limited by these two points. Now, if I press and hold the Shift key on my keyboard while I click and drag, we're going to be able to affect not only this area, but also these other areas. So we're going to be affecting the whole stroke. So let's do that. So I'm going to click and drag on this point here. You can see that I am moving it. And if I press and hold the Shift key on my keyboard and I click and drag. Now you can see that I am affecting the whole stroke. Now you can see that the transition between all of the width points is very smooth. I'm going to release the mouse, and then I'm going to release the Shift key. Like so. And I can do this with any point that I want. For example, if I click and drag on this one without pressing Shift, you can see that I am affecting only this area. But if I press and hold Shift and I click and drag, you can see that now I am affecting the whole stroke. Now I'm going to release the mouse, and then I'm going to release the Shift key. I can also duplicate or delete that different with points that I have added to my stroke. So to duplicate a width point Ali held to do is to select it. Then I'm going to press and hold on the Alt key on my keyboard. And I'm going to drag these width point. I'm going to release. And as you can see, now we have two different width point. The original one that we had here and a duplicate that we have our here. Now, this width points are going to have the exact same thickness. But you can see that there is still a curve over here. Because Illustrator is trying to keep a really smooth transition between these different thickness that we have in our stroke. Now if I want to delete a width point, all I have to do is selected and I can press the Delete key on my keyboard, like so. And as you can see, we don't have that with point anymore. So I can select this one and I can move it back like so. Now, sometimes when you work in Illustrator, you want to create a really precise designs. So let me go back to the selection tool and let me select this stroke. I'm going to click and drag. And here on the control panel you can see that we have a stroke thickness of 20 points. So I can click here and I can change the thickness or weight of the stroke. I'm going to bring it back to the number that we had, which is 20 points. And if I select this other one, you can see that the stroke thickness is also 20 points, but this time it has eight different profile. Now, if I select this other stroke that we modified, I'm going to click and drag. You can see that the thickness or the weight is different now. And each of these different width points that we created has a different thickness value. So I'm going to select the width tool again. And I'm going to come back over here. Now, if I want to see the value for these different points, I can do it by going to View. And I can come all the way down over here to Smart Guides. You can see the shortcut here, Command U. And we talked about the smart guides in a previous lesson. And if you want to know a little bit more about smart guides, please go back to the smart guides lesson in this course. Okay, I'm going to turn on the Smart Guides. Now. If I come back over here and I go to smart guides, you can see that it has a check mark on the left. And that means that the smart guides are on. So I'm going to close this menu. And now you can see that if I hover over these different points that I have here, I can visualize the information of these points. So here I can see three different values. The value for side one, the value for a site to, and the value for the total width. Okay, so what if I want to be more precised about a particular width for a particular part of the stroke. Let's say that I want to have a width of 25. In this point. Of course I can click and drag. I'm going to look at the value for the width. And I'm going to try to make it at exactly 25. But as you can see, it is a little bit hard to do it. So the closest that I can give is 25, 0.9, which is almost 26. So I'm going to release here. But there is a way in which we can actually input the exact number that we want to add different points of a stroke. So the way to do it is actually very simple. All you have to do is make sure that the width tool is selected. And then you have to double-click on a particular point, the point that you want to modify, in this case, this one. So I'm going to double-click here. And as you can see, we get a new window. And in this window we have the same values that we were looking at before. We have the value for site one, the value for psi2, and the total width. So in this case, while they have to do is input here, the number that I want. In this case, it's going to be 25. I'm going to click Okay. And now this has been modified. So if I hover over this point, you can see that now the total width is 25 points and each of the sides is 12.5 points. And I can do this with any point that I want. So I can come to this one. I can double-click on it, and I can input the value that I want here. So in this case, let's use 55 and let's click, Okay. And as you can see now, these get modified. And if I hover over this point, you can see that the total width is 55 points. Now, I can double-click on any part of the stroke even if we don't have any point already. So I can come over here. You can see that over here we don't have any points. So I'm going to come over here and I'm going to add a new point by double-clicking here. And now you can see that we have a new point here. And we can add a value for the width of this point. Let's use 70. And let's click. Okay. And now you can see that we have a new point with a width of 70 points. Now, I want you to notice something and it is that the thickness of the stroke is symmetrical. So you can see a green line at the very center of the stroke. So that green line represents the stroke and the blue shape represents the thickness of that stroke. But as you can see, the top side is a perfect reflection of the bottom side. So that means that the stroke, or at least the thickness of the stroke is symmetrical. But in Illustrator we can also add asymmetrical thickness to our strokes. So to show you that I'm going to double-click on any of these points that I have here. So I'm going to start with this one. I'm going to double-click here. And again you can see window. And you can see that here we have the total width of these point. So here we can modify the total width. So I'm going to set it to 100 and I'm going to click OK. Well, as you can see, that modified the two different sides of the stroke. So I'm going to double-click again. And now you can see that the total width is 100 points and each of the sides is 50 points. But I can also modify this sides individually. So let's start with side1. If I modify these, let's say I use 150 and I click, Okay. You can see that now this side is a different width than this other side. And now the thickness is asymmetrical. I'm going to double-click again. And you can see now side1 is 150 points and site two is 50 points, and the total width is 200 points. Now, I can also modify it side2 if I want to. So I'm going to type only 10. And I'm going to click Okay. And now you can see that I have modified the two different sides individually. And now this area is not symmetrical anymore. So let's try that with this other point. I'm going to double-click here. And I'm going to add different values for each side. So I'm going to add 10 here, and I'm going to add 50 here. And I'm going to click Okay. And you can see that now this area is also asymmetrical. Now we can also do that using shortcuts. So if I hover over any of the points or just across the path, and instead of just clicking and dragging like we did before, remember we can click and drag to modify the width. But that's going to modify the width proportionally. So both of the sides are going to be the exact same size, like so. So if instead of doing that, I come over here and instead of just clicking and dragging, I press and hold the Alt key on my keyboard. You can see that I can modify each of the sides individually. Now, I'm going to come to this other one. I'm going to press and hold Alt. And I'm going to click and drag like so. And I can do it as many times as I need to. Like. So now this is going to modify the side that you approach these stroke from. So you can see that here we have the stroke and this is the top side, and this is the bottom side. So if I want to modify the top side, I have to approach this stroke from the top side. Then I'm going to press and hold Alt. And then I'm going to click and drag like so. I'm going to do the same here. I'm going to approach it mouth from the bottom. And I'm going to press and hold Alt. And then I'm going to click and drag. Like so. I'm going to do it again, like so. Now this will also work when we create new points. So again, I'm going to make sure that the width tool is selected. And this time I'm going to work on these other stroke. So as you can see, the stroke doesn't have any width points. So I'm going to add a normal one, which is by just clicking and dragging. So I'm going to click and drag here. You can see that now we have a width point here. And I can add another one here. I'm just going to click and drag. And I'm going to add another width point here. Now these are symmetrical points because they have the same dimension on each side. Also this one. But if I want to add an asymmetrical point, I can do it by pressing the Alt key on my keyboard, like I explained before. But this time I'm going to do it where I don't have any points. Like in this area, you can see we don't have any width points. And I'm just going to click and drag. But I'm going to press and hold the Alt key while I do it. So I'm going to approach it from the right side. And I'm going to click and drag. And you can see that now we are modifying only the right side of the stroke. Like so. Now you can see that this is now an asymmetrical point. Just like the ones that we created here. So like I said, these command is also going to work when we don't have any width points already. And now to finish this lesson, I'm going to show you how you can save your personalized profiles. So if I use the selection tool and I select this stroke that we modify the profile for. You can see that here on the control panel, we see a preview of the profile that corresponds to the stroke. And remember, we modified the stroke ourselves. So once that this is selected and you can see here the preview of the profile, you can come over here. And all you have to do is click here on the Add two profiles button. So I'm going to click here and I'm going to give it a name. And I'm going to click, Okay. And now I'm going to select these other stroke. And I'm going to come over here. And I'm going to go up, and I'm going to use the uniform raw file. So we have our cynical again, the way that we had it at the beginning. And I'm going to do the same with these other strokes. These one, I'm going to the same click here. Select uniform. And also this one here, I'm going to select it. Click here and click on Uniform, like so. Now I'm going to reduce the stroke thickness to only 20. And also for this one, I'm going to select it and reduce the stroke thickness to 20. Like so. So now we have our strokes the way we had them at the beginning. And I'm going to select them to add the profile that we created. So I'm going to select this one. I'm going to click here. I'm going to come down over here, and I'm going to select the profile that we created. So I'm going to click here. And as you can see, the profile has been applied to the stroke. Now, it doesn't look exactly the same as before because the stroke thickness is only 20 points. But if I select this stroke and I modify their thickness, Let's use to 100. Now you can see that this looks the way that it looked before. And I can apply these profile that we created to any stroke that we have. So I'm going to select this one. I'm going to click here. I'm going to scroll down, select this profile that we created. Click on it. And as you can see now the stroke has that provide applied to it. And I'm going to do the same with the circle. I'm going to click here. I'm going to scroll down, select the profile and maybe increase a little bit the thickness. So we can see these better. And like I said, we can apply it to any stroke that we weren't like. So and the best thing is that I can go back to the width tool. And I can come back again to this. And as you can see, the width points are still there. Meaning that I still can modify these with points if I need to. You can see that I still can modify all of these. Like so. And I can do this not only with the province that I created, but also with the profiles that come with Illustrator, which are these ones here. Remember we apply them to these different strokes. So you can see I can hover over these strokes and you can see there with points. You can see that here. And I can modify these points if I need to. Like so. So as you can see, the width tool in Illustrator is a really powerful tool. And I really recommend you to go ahead and practice with this tool. Because if you know how to use it properly, you're going to be able to create really, really amazing things in Adobe Illustrator. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the following lesson. 35. The pathfinder panel: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the Pathfinder, which is one of the most important tools in Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, I have a new document open and it is called the Pathfinder. And you can find this document in the Section 5 folder within the Resources folder of this course. Now, right now, you may not see this tool right here. So all you have to do is to go to window. And here, scroll all the way down and select pathfinder option. And you can see the shortcut on the right, right here. So just click there and you will get the Pathfinder panel. Now, as you can see here in my document, I have different sets of shapes. And they are really basic shapes, a square and a circle. Now, I have two different shapes because with the Pathfinder, we're going to be able to create new shapes using different shapes. So we can do two main things. One is to combine different shapes together and the other is to use one of the shapes to subtract from the other shape. So let's start exploring those different options. Now, like I said before, in order to use the bulb finder, we need to have two or more shapes. So I'm going to select the selection tool. And now I'm going to select these two shapes, the square and the circle. And right now you can see that they are separated. So if I move this shape over here, you can see that they are actually two different shapes. Now I'm going to select them both. And now I'm going to go to my Pathfinder. And I'm going to use the first option, which is going to help me to merge two or more shapes together. So I'm just going to click here. And now as you can see, this is only one shape. So if I try to move the square, you can see that I am moving the whole shape because now it is only one shape. Okay, so now let's try with the second option. So I'm going to use the selection tool. And I'm going to select these two shapes. And now I'm going to go to the Pathfinder and select the second option. Now, this option is going to help me to use one of these shapes to cat the other shape. So I'm going to click here. And as you can see, the circle cat, this square. So now we have this square, but this time without the area where the circle was. Now, before we continue, I want to show you something that is actually very important. And it is that when it comes to the Pathfinder, layer hierarchy is very important. Now, remember that we cover layer hierarchy in the third section of this course. So if you don't remember what layer hierarchy is or how it works, I recommend you to go back and watch the third lesson of the third section of the course. Now, here you can see that we have two additional sets of shapes. And you can see that the difference between these two sets is that in one of the sets, the square is behind the circle, and in the other set, the square is above the circle. And we can do this by modifying the hierarchy of the shapes in the layers panel. So pay attention to what happens when I use the Pathfinder in each of these different scenarios. So in the first one, I have this circle on top and the square at the bottom. Now when I say that a shape is at the top or at the bottom, I am not talking about the shapes position within the canvas. I'm talking about the shapes position within the layers panel. So I'm going to select them both. And I'm going to use this option. And as you can see in this case, this spherical Cutoff, this square, because the circle was on top. So the Pathfinder is going to take the shape that is on top to affect the one that is at the bottom. So now let's select this other two shapes. Let's use the exact same option from the Pathfinder. Now you can see that this time this cutoff, the circle. And it is because this square was on top on the layer hierarchy. So layer hierarchy is very important when using the Pathfinder because Illustrator is going to take this shape that is at the top to modify the shape that is at the bottom. All right, so let's continue with the third option. And again, with the selection tool, I'm going to select those shapes. And I'm going to go to the Pathfinder again and click on this option. With this option, we're going to keep only the areas where the two shapes are overlapping. So let's click here. And as you can see, we have part of the circle and bark of the square, but we only have the part where the two shapes were overlapping. So the areas were the shapes were overlapping are going to stay and the areas where the shapes were not overlapping are going to go away. All right, so let's go back to the Pathfinder and let's try it with these other option. Now, this is going to do the exact opposite. It is going to get rid of the parts where the shapes are overlapping. And it's going to keep the part where the shapes are not overlapping. So with the selection tool, I'm going to select those two shapes. And I'm going to come back to the Pathfinder and click here. And as you can see, now we have everything except for the areas where the shapes were overlapping. Now I'm going to use the direct selection tool, the one with the white arrow. And I'm going to show you something. You can see that I can click on these different shapes and they are still separate shapes. The difference is that these shapes are now modified and don't have the parts where the two shapes were overlapping. Okay, so now let's go back to the Pathfinder panel and let's try with these other option. So what this option is going to do is to divide these different shapes according to the areas where these shapes are connected. So once I have this shape selected, I'm going to use this option. Now, at this point, it looks like nothing happened. But if I use the selection tool and select these shapes, you can see that now we have three different shapes. We don't have two shapes anymore, but three different shapes. Now if I try to do the same with these other shapes that I still haven't modified. You can see that I can select only two shapes because we only have two shapes. Now let's go back over here and you can see that I have this shape, which is the same as this shape over here. I have this other shape here in the middle, which is the same as this other shape here. And I have this other shape, which is the same as these other shape here. So now we have three different shapes. And the shapes were divided according to the areas where the original shapes were overlapping. Okay, now let's try with these other option. So I'm going to select those two shapes. And I'm going to click here. Now, as you can see with this option, we're going to keep the shape that is on top, which in this case is the circle. But at the same time, this shape is going to cut off the shape that is at the bottom. So this action is very similar to this one here, which we got by using this option from the Pathfinder. But this time it is not only going to cut the shape, but it is also going to preserve that shape. So if I move this circle, you can see that at the bottom, the square got cut-off. Now, the two following options are very similar to other tools that we already used. So this one over here is very similar to this one over here. And it is going to give us basically the same results. And as you remember, this option is going to help us to merge different shapes together. Now, the next option is going to be very similar to this option here. So with this algebra, we're going to get basically the same result that we got here. So I'm going to skip those and I'm going to continue with this one, which is the Outline option. So let's select those shapes. And I'm going to use this option. As you can see, we have the exact same shapes, but this time we have them as strokes. Now, if I go to my Layers panel, I can open this one up. And you can see that here I have these different strokes. So I'm going to select them one by one. You can see that here we have a curve. This other one is going to be the rest of the circle. And we have also the shapes that created the square. So this option here is going to be very similar to this other one. But instead of using fields, it is going to be using strokes. So now we have the different strokes that created these different shapes. And again, this shapes will be cut according to the areas where they were overlapping. All right, so now let's try with the last option. So I'm going to select those two shapes. And I'm going to click here. And as you can see, this option is exactly the opposite of this other one. And if you go to the Pathfinder, you can see the difference here in the icon. These icons are the opposite. So with this option here, we're going to be able to eliminate the shape that is untapped. And with these other action, we're going to eliminate this shape that is at the bottom. Here you can see that the shape that was untapped was the circle. And the circle was used to cut the square. And on this other one, the shape that was behind, which is the rectangle, was used to cut the shape that was in front, in this case the circle. So the Pathfinder tool is a very powerful tool that is going to help us to get different shapes in basically any way that we want. And I know that this may seem a little bit complex at the beginning, but I really encourage you to practice with the Pathfinder because it is going to help you a lot. And when you know how to use it, it is going to make your job really, really easy. That's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching. And I will see you in the next lesson. 36. The shape builder tool: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about the Shape Builder tool. So let's start. Okay. So as you can see, I have a new document opened. And this document is called the shape builder tool. And you can find it in this section 5 folder of the resources folder of this course. All right, so as you can see, this document looks very similar to the one that we used for the Pathfinder tool. And the reason for that is because the Shape Builder tool is going to help us to do basically the same as the Pathfinder tool. Now, I'm going to start by closing down this panel because we don't need it anymore. So I'm going to close it down so we have more space. And now if I go to my tools panel over here, you can see that we have the shape builder tool and the shortcut for this tool is Shift M. So I'm going to select the Shape Builder tool. And you can see that if I tried to do something with these different shapes, I cannot do anything. Because in order to work with the shape builder tool, we have to select first the different shapes that we want to effect with the Shape Builder tool. So I'm going to start by using the selection tool, the one with the black arrow. And I'm going to select these two shapes. And once our shapes are selected, we can select the Shape Builder tool. And if I hover over the shapes, you can see that now the tool is working because now the shapes are selected. So the Shape Builder tool is going to help us to do two main things. The first one is that it is going to help us to merge two or more shapes together, but those shapes should be overlapping. And the second thing that it is going to help us with is to subtract one shape from another shape. And again, those shapes should be overlapping. So with the Shape Builder Tool selected, I can come to my shapes that are overlapping. And I can click and drag across these different shapes and they are going to merge together. So I'm going to do that. I'm going to click and drag. And you can see the different shapes that I go through get highlighted. That means that those shapes are and once that all of these shapes are highlighted, I can release. And as you can see, now, this becomes one single shape. And that's how we merge, differentiates together using the shape builder tool. And you can actually merge more than two shapes together. So if you have multiple shapes, you can merge them altogether using the same technique. Now, I can also use the Shape Builder tool to subtract a shape from another shape. And to do that, I'll, we have to do is have two different shapes that are overlapping. And we have to have those shapes. So I'm going to use the selection tool. And I'm going to select these two shapes. And then I'm going to select the Shape Builder tool. So I'm going to come over here, I'm going to select it. Or you can use the shortcut Shift M. And now with this tool selected and also these different shapes selected, I can use this tool to subtract one of the shapes from the other shape. Now, if you pay close attention to the icon of the tool, you can see that it is a black arrow with a plus sign. But if I press and hold the Alt key on my keyboard, you can see that this changes into a minus sign. I released the Alt key on my keyboard. It is going to go back to the plus sign. So I'm going to press and hold Alt. And this time, instead of merging shapes together, it is going to subtract a shape from the other shape. So I'm pressing Alt. And what I want to do is to keep this part of the square and remove the whole circle. So again, with the shape builder tool selected, I'm going to press and hold Alt, so it's abstract. And now I'm going to click and drag. And I'm going to make sure that the areas that I want to delete are highlighted like this. And then I'm going to release the mouse. And then I can release the Alt key. As you can see, now, we used the Shape Builder tool to subtract a shape from another shape. And there is another way in which we can use the shape builder tool. And I'm going to use these two different shapes to show you. So I'm going to select these shapes. Remember, for the shape builder tool to work, we have to have two or more shapes selected and those shapes should be overlapping. Now I'm going to select the shape builder tool again. And this time I'm going to press and hold the Alt key again so we can get the minus sign. But now instead of clicking and dragging across the circle, I'm just going to click once on this part of the circle. So I'm going to make sure that this part is highlighted. And I'm going to click here. And remember, I'm pressing and holding the Alt key on my keyboard. So I'm going to click here once. And as you can see, we got rid of this part of the circle. But we kept this other part of the circle where these shapes where overlapping. If I use the selection tool and I deselect everything for us, and then I select this shape. I can move it. And you can see that the square wasn't affected like we did here this time. We kept the whole square and the only safe that was affected was the circle. So what it did was to get rid of the part where the shapes were not overlapping. And those are the main things that you can do using the shape builder tool. Now, like I said at the beginning with the shape builder tool, we're going to be able to accomplish the same that we did with the Pathfinder tool. And to show you that, I'm going to turn off the visibility for this layer. And I'm going to turn on the visibility for these other ones. And you can see that here we have the same shapes that we had before, but we have more sets of these shapes. Because I'm going to use the shape builder tool to accomplish each and every single one of these options that we did with the Pathfinder tool. So I'm going to select this layer. And now I'm going to start with this option. Remember this is going to help us to marriage two or more shapes together. So remember to use the shape builder tool. The first thing that we have to do is to have the two or more shapes that we want to affect selected. And those shapes should be overlapping. So I'm going to select the Selection Tool, and I'm going to select these two shapes. So I'm going to click and drag. And now I'm going to press Shift M to switch to the shape builder tool. And all I have to do here is click and drag. So I'm going to click and drag until all of these parts of the shapes are highlighted. And I'm going to release. And as you can see, now we have only one shape. And this way we just did where we could have done using the Pathfinder tool with this option. Now, let's do these other options. So you can see that we are going to use one shape to subtract from another shape. And again, I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to select the two shapes, and I'm going to switch to the Shape Builder Tool. Remember the shortcut Shift M. And now what I want to do is to remove the circle from the square. Remember, I can press and hold the Alt key. So I get that minus sign. And now I can click and drag to select the areas that I want to delete. And once the whole silicon is selected, I'm going to release the mouse. And then I can release the Alt key. And as you can see, I did exactly the same that we had done using the Pathfinder tool with these option. Now, we're going to use these other shapes to accomplish what we did using these other option. You can see that we got rid of the areas where the two shapes are not overlapping. And we kept only the area where the shapes are overlapping. So I'm going to select the Selection Tool. I'm going to select both of these shapes. And using the shape builder tool. I'm going to select it here. I'm going to delete these two areas were the shapes are not overlapping. And I'm going to keep only the area in the center where the shapes are overlapping. So I can do this in two ways. I can press and hold the Alt key on my keyboard to bring the minus sign. And then I can just click once here to get rid of this part. And then click once here to get rid of these other part. And we're going to keep only these area. So I can't do that or I can just click and drag and skip the center part and continue to these other park. And then I'm going to release. And as you can see, we got rid of the areas where the shapes were not overlapping. And we kept only the center area where the shapes where overlapping, which is the same. Before using this option from the Pathfinder tool. Now, we're going to do the opposite. We're going to keep the areas where the shapes are not overlapping. And we're going to get rid of the area where the shapes are overlapping. Remember, we did that using this option from the Pathfinder tool. So I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to select these two shapes. And I'm going to press Shift M to switch to the shape builder tool. And then I'm going to press and hold the Alt key because I want to get rid of the part where these shapes are overlapping. So I'm going to present hold Alt. And then I'm going to click here at the center where the shapes are overlapping. So I'm going to click once. And as you can see, now we deleted these area where the shapes are overlapping. And I'm going to switch back to the selection tool. I'm going to deselect both of these shapes. And I'm going to move him to show you that they are still separate shapes. And we just got rid of the areas where the two shapes were overlapping. Okay, so now let's move on. We're going to do what we did with the Pathfinder tool using these option. Remember with this option, we're going to keep every single one of us different areas. But each of these areas is going to be a separate piece. So I'm going to select these two shapes using the selection tool. And then I'm going to switch to the shape builder tool using the shortcut Shift M. And now all I have to do is click once here. So these becomes a separate shape. I can also click once here. So this is a different piece. And I can click once here. So this is also a separate piece. And now I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to deselect all of the shapes and I'm going to move them. So you can see that each of these shapes is a separate shape. And if I move this one at the center, you can see that there's nothing behind it. So I'm going to move it back. And that way we can accomplish what we accomplished using this option from the Pathfinder tool. Now, I'm going to select these other shapes using the selection tool. Because now I want to accomplish what we did using this option from the Pathfinder tool. So with this option, where we're going to do is to keep this heart shape that is in front of this other one. And we're going to use this shape to cut off these or shape. So the circle is going to remain a full circle, but the score is going to end up like these bees that we have over here. So again, I'm just going to make sure that these two shapes are selected. And then I'm going to press Shift M to switch to the shape builder tool. And all I have to do here is to make sure that these two pieces remain one single base. So what I'm going to do is to click and drag across these two pieces. So they remain one single piece. So I'm going to click and drag. So they're falsely recall is highlighted. I'm going to release. And now if I use the selection tool, I can deselect these shapes and I can move this circle. So you can see that now we have the full circle. And we also have these other piece, which again is exactly what we did using this option from the Pathfinder tool. Now, the following two options are actually options that are going to give us very similar results to other options that we have used before. So the Merge option, which is this one here, is going to give us a very similar result to the Unite option. And I'll show you how to use these Arjun with the Pathfinder. And I also showed you how you can accomplish the same results using the Shape Builder tool. So I'm going to skip this one. And the crop option is going to be very similar to the Intersect option. And I showed you how to do this with both the Pathfinder tool and also how to accomplish the same result using the Shape Builder tool. So I'm going to skip these two options and I'm going to continue with the outline option. Now, with this option, I'm going to be able to split these different shapes into different segments. But it's going to cut this shapes according to the areas where the shapes are overlapping. So in order to do that with the shape builder tool, the first thing that I have to do is to select the shapes and turn them into strokes. So I'm going to select the square. And I'm going to come over here and I'm going to click on this button to switch from a field to a stroke. So I'm going to click here and I'm going to deselect it. So as you can see now we have a stroke instead of a field. And I'm going to do the same with these other shape. So I'm going to select the circle. I'm going to click over here to switch this one to a stroke. I'm going to deselect it. As you can see now we have a square and a circle. But this time they are strokes. So once I have the strokes, I'm going to select them both using the selection tool. And I'm going to switch to the Shape Builder Tool. Remember the shortcut Shift M. And now with the shape builder tool selected, I'm going to click once here, and once here, and once on these other part of the circle, like so. And now I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to click here to deselect them all. Now, I'm going to select these different parts. You can see that now these are separated by this time they are strokes. Now if I want to have only this part of the circle without these lines that I have here. I can use the direct selection tool, the one with the white arrow. And I can select this point here, and I can use the Delete key on my keyboard. And now I only have these part of the circle without the lines that connected to the center. And I can do the same with this other one. I can select this point here. I can use the Delete key on my keyboard to delete it. And also this one here. And use the Delete key on my keyboard to delete it as well. And now you can't see that I have the shape. So if I want to turn these into separate shapes, have to do is select this stroke and I'm going to duplicate it. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V to paste it in place. And then I'm going to come over here. You can see that this is the stroke that I have selected. I'm going to turn off the view for this one. And I'm going to select this other one. And I'm going to use the direct selection tool. I'm going to select this point here. I'm going to press the Delete key on my keyboard to delete it. So I only have now these arc. And now I can turn off. The visibility for the stroke is this one here. And I'm going to turn on the visibility for this one. And now I'm going to delete the arc. So I'm going to select this point and also this other one here. And I'm going to press the Delete key on my keyboard to delete it. And now if I turn on the visibility for these other upstroke, you can see that now we have the same result that we would get using this option from the Pathfinder. So now I'm going to select this one. I'm going to put it in place. And also these other stroke like so. And as you can see in that way, we can get the same result that we would get using the Pathfinder tool. But this time we used the shape builder tool. Okay, so now let's go to the last option which is this one. Remember with the minus back, we're going to get the opposite result that we would get using the Minus Front option. So all I have to do is use the selection tool. Select these two shapes. And you can see that I need to delete the shape that is in the back, in this case the square, this one here. So I'm going to switch to the shape builder tool pressing Shift M. And I'm going to press Alt on my keyboard, so I get the minus sign. And I'm going to drag across the Square until the whole score is highlighted. And I'm going to release the mouse. And then I can release the Alt key. And as you can see, this option is going to be exactly the opposite as these other option. And as you can see, using the shape builder tool is actually very easy to achieve the exact same results that we would get using the Pathfinder tool. And there's something else that we can do using the shape builder tool. And to show you that, I'm going to collapse this layer. And I'm going to turn off the visibility for these layer, like so. And I'm going to come down here and I'm going to create a new layer. And I'm going to create a few shapes. So I'm going to come over here to the rectangle. I'm going to click and hold. So I can select the Star Tool. And I'm going to create a star. So I'm going to click and drag like so. I'm going to use the selection tool to move this one. And I'm going to duplicate the star. So I'm going to go Control-C, Control-V. And I'm going to move it. So these shapes are overlapping. And I'm going to make another copy. So I'm going to go Control-C, Control-V. Again. I'm going to move these like so. I'm going to select them all. And I'm going to move them to the center like this. And as you can see, now I have three different stars. But you can see that there is a negative space that is forming over here, these empty white space. And with the shape builder tool, we can create a new shape out of a negative space. So I'm going to select all of these shapes because remember to use the shape builder tool, we have to have our shapes selected. So I'm going to click and drag. So these are selected. And now I'm going to switch to the Shape Builder Tool. Remember the shortcut Shift M. And now you will see that if I hover over this empty space, you can see that this gets highlighted. And if I click once, I'm going to create a new shape out of these negative space. So I'm going to click once here. And now, if I use the selection tool and I deselect everything, you can see that I have here a new shape. So if I move the stars, you can see that now we have a new shape that was created out of these negative space that we have between these three different stars are right? So that's how you use the Shape Builder tool in Adobe Illustrator. And that's all for this lesson. I hope that you learned something useful and I will see you in the following lesson. 37. The type tool: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about the type tool. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, I have a new empty document opened. And you can create a document of any size. The size doesn't really matter. Now, I'm going to start by cleaning up the interface a little bit. So I'm going to select the Pathfinder panel. I'm going to click over here to collapse it. And I'm going to click and drag it over here with these other floating panels. So now the interface is cleaner. Now, if we go to our tools panel, you can see that here we have the type tool. So I can select it if I click on it, or I can click and hold. And you can see that here we have our other type tool options. So we have the type tool, we have the type on a path tool, and we have the vertical type tool. Now, there are other type tools but we cannot see them right now. But I'm going to show you how you can access those tools. So I'm going to click over here to close it down. And I'm going to come all the way to the bottom to these three dots. And I'm going to click here. And you can see that here we have all of these different tools that we have available in Illustrator. So if I scroll down, you can see that here we have a section for different type tools. So you can see all of these tools are related to the type tool. And as you can see, some of these tools are grayed out. So we have the Type tool, the type on a path tool, and the vertical type tool. These are grayed out because they are already inside of these sub-menu. So if we want to add in these other tools to this sub-menu, all I have to do is click and drag these tools and drop them here. And you can see that now it is grayed out as well because it is now inside of the sub menu. And I'm going to do the same with these other type tools. I'm going to click and drag him inside of these icon. Like so. And now you can see that they are all grayed out. And if I close this down and I come back over here and I click and hold. You can see that now the sub-menu is much bigger. It has more items. And now we have all of the type tools in here. Now I'm going to come to the right. You can see there is a small arrow here. I'm going to click here. And now this is an independent sub menu. So I'm going to move it our here. And now all of the type tools are much more accessible. And we can select them very, very easily when we need them. Okay, so let's start with the Type Tool, which is this one over here. So I'm going to select it. And you can also use a shortcut, which is the letter T on your keyboard. And with a title selected, we can add text to our documents in two main ways. The first one is by just clicking on the canvas. So I'm going to click here. And as you can see, I have some new texts. And of course, I can type my own text because this is just some text to show us how our text is going to look. So I'm just going to type my own text here. Like so. And I'm going to use the selection tool to deselect this text. And the second way in which we can use the type tool to add text in our documents is by clicking and dragging. So I'm going to select the Type tool again. I'm going to click and drag. And as you can see, this time, there is a new rectangle that is being created. Now, I'm going to explain all about these way in a few moments. But for now, I'm just going to show you how it looks. So I'm going to release here. And as you can see, now we have some text. And this text is going to be limited to the boundaries of the bugs that we create it. Now, I'm going to use the selection tool again to deselect this text. And now I'm going to show you some options that we can use to modify our texts using the type tool. So again, I'm going to select the type tool and I'm going to start with these options. So I'm going to click here on the canvas. And you can see that, like I said, there is going to be some previous tags here to show me how my text is going to look. And if I go to the Control Panel, you can see that here we have different options to modify my text. Now, we're going to find this same options if we go to the Properties panel. So I'm going to come over here and I'm going to click on this Properties panel. And you can see that here we have the same options that we have our here, and we have a few other options. So we're going to be able to access these options from the control panel and also from the Properties panel. Now, like I said, they are the same options. Now, the first thing that we can do to modify our text is to change the font. So you can see that here we have the area font selected. But if I click on this arrow, you will see that this is going to display all of the fonts that I have installed in my computer. Now, I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to move this text over here because I want you to see what's going to happen now. I'm going to select the Type tool again. And I'm going to click here to edit this text. And I can double-click using the type tool, and that's going to select that word. But if I click three times, it is going to select the whole text. So I'm going to click three times. And as you can see, that selected the text. Now let's go back over here to change the font. So I'm going to click again on this arrow. And as you can see, as I hover over these different funds, the text or my canvas is going to be updated. So I can come over here and I can select the font that I want to use. For now. I'm going to use the arial font. So I'm going to click here. And as you can see, our text is updated. Now, I can also change the font style. So I'm going to come over here and I'm going to click on this arrow. And you can see that for this particular font, I have four different styles available. So I have the regular style, I have the italic style, and you can see how the text is updating on my canvas. I also have the ball style and the bold italic style. So let's use italic for now. And I can also modify the font size. So if I click here on this arrow, you can see that I can select any size that I want from these options. Like so. Or I can use these two arrows to increase or decrease the font size. Now, I can also type the font size that I want directly on these little bugs here. So I'm going to select this whole number, and I'm going to type down the size that I want. I'm going to type down ALT. And I'm going to press. Okay. And as you can see, we have modified these texts. Now. We have a text with an Arial font, with an italic style. And the font size is 80 points. And like I said, we can modify these different options from the control panel or from the properties panel. So I can change the font from here, I can click here. I can use a different font. I can also change the style here, like so. And I can change the font size like so. Now before moving on, I wanted to show you something else. So as you can see, I have a different font selected now. And if I go to my styles for this font, if I click here, you can see that now I have more styles. You can see I have regular, I have black, extended, condensed, and a few others. And I can select any style that I want. And if I click over here and I change the font, Let's select this one. If I go to the Styles and I click here, you can see that I have only one option available. Now, the number of styles that are going to be available for a font are going to depend on the font itself. So some funds are going to come with different styles. And some fonts are going to come with only the regular style. And if I come over here to the different fonts, I can click here to reveal all my fonts. You will see that some of these fonts have a little arrow on the left of the name of the font. So those funds that have an arrow, I can click here. And for these ones, you can see that I have a lot of different styles. So if a font has an arrow to the left of the name of the font, that means that this font has different styles. And the fonts that don't have an arrow to the left of the name of the font are fonts that will have only the regular style, and they will not have other styles available. So I can select this one here, and this will have different styles. But if I come over here again and I select this other one here, these will have only the regular style. And one more thing is that if I click here, you will see that this is going to display the different fonts that I have installed in my computer. And it is going to display the name of the font and a preview of that font. So in this way, it is going to be really easy for us to select the font. We want to use our right. And another thing that we can do is to modify the paragraph alignment. So right now it is aligned to the left. But if I click here on this other object, it is going to align to the center. So I'm going to click here. And you can see that now it is aligning to the center. And if I click over here, it is going to align to the right. So I'm going to click here. And you can see that it is going to online now to the right. I'm going to select a line to the center. And I'm going to move it here. Now to see these more easily, I'm going to select the Type tool again. I'm going to click once. And as you can see, it is going to remember the previous settings that we used for the type tool. I'm going to change the font because I want to use something that can be read easily. So I'm going to use Arial. I'm going to change the style to italic. And I'm going to reduce the size. I'm going to use 48, like so. Now I'm going to type some text here like that. And now I'm going to use the type tool to select these texts. Now with this text selected, now, I can use and show you the different alignments. So I'm going to align to the left. You can see that now this text is aligned to the left. I'm going to select the whole text again Command a. I'm going to align to the center. Now you can see that it is aligned to the center. And I'm going to align it to the right. Because you have now it is aligned to the right. I'm going to align it to the center. And I'm going to move it like so. Now let me select the Type tool again. And I'm going to create a text box. So remember, all I have to do is click and drag. And I can create these bags the size that I want. So I'm going to make it this size, like so. And like I said, it is going to remember and use the same settings of the font that we used previously. So I'm going to reduce the size for this font. I'm going to use 24. Like so. And like I said before, when we have a textbox and the placement of our text is going to be limited by the boundaries of the text box. So I'm going to add a dot here. I'm going to add a space. And I'm going to copy and paste this text. So we have more texts like that. Now, when we have a textbox, I can still modify these text-box. So if I use the selection tool, you can see that this text box, when I selected, it has some boundaries and we can modify the dimensions of the box by coming to one of these different dots. You can see these square here. I can come over here and I can click and drag. And that's going to modify the size of the text box. I can also modify it this other way. Or I can click and drag from one of the corners. And I can resize it in any way that I want. And of course, I can also use the different paragraph options when I have a text box. So I'm going to click and drag using the type tool. I'm going to click here. I'm going to click and drag to select the whole text. And I'm going to come over here and I'm going to select these different alignment options. So you can see if we click here, it is going to align to the left. This one is going to align to the center, and this one is going to align to the right. And if we go to the Properties panel, you can see that here we have other options. And these options are very similar to the ones that we used before. So this one is going to align to the left. But you can see that there are some gaps in here. And if I use this other option, it is going to do basically the same, but it is going to leave no gaps here. So I'm going to click here. You can see that now we have no gaps and these texts looks much cleaner. So I'm going to select it all again. I'm going to go Control a to select it all. And now I can use this other option, align center. And you can see the same. We have some gaps here. We have some gaps here, some gaps here, and other gaps on these other site. And if I use these other absent, it is good to fill these gaps. So I'm going to click here. And you can see that it is going to align to the center, but it is going to leave no gaps. And if I use the align right Archean, you guys see that we have some gaps over here. And if I use these other action, it is going to feel those gaps like so. And finally we have these other object which is going to leave no gaps on any of these lines of the text, not even at the very bottom. You can see that here, there is a huge gap here. But if I click here, you can see that now we don't have any gaps on the site. We have a huge gap at the center, but on the sides we don't have any gaps. So I'm going to select the whole text again. And I'm going to use this option like so. And I'm going to use the selection tool to deselect my text. All right, so those are the basics of the type tool. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the following lesson. 38. The character panel: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about the Character panel. So let's start. Okay, So I'm going to start by opening up the character panel. So I'm going to go to window and I'm going to go to type. You can see that here we have different options. We have character, character styles, bleeps, and a few others. So I'm going to select character. You can see the shortcut here. So I'm going to click here. And as you can see here, I have some floating panels. I have the character flooring bundle, the paragraph floating panel, and the open type floating panel. So I can click here and you can see that here we have basically the same options that we modified using the control panel and the properties panel. If I go to the paragraph loading panel, here I have the paragraph alignment options. And if I select the Open Type panel, you can see that I have a few more options that I'm also going to cover. Now. I'm going to click and drag these, and I'm going to drop it here. So now we have all of these floating bundles here. And now since I have all of these options here, I can go back to my layers panel because these are the same options that I had over here on the Properties panel. So I'm going to go back to the Layers panel. And remember we can also access this different options using the Control Panel. So let me cover some of these other options because I have covered some of these, but not all of them. So I'm going to use the selection tool and I'm going to grab this text and I'm going to move it down just a little bit so we have more space here. And now, remember with these first option, we can modify the size of our text. So I can click here and I can change the size for my text. And we have covered this already. Now with the second option, I'm going to be able to modify the leading for the text. Now, the leading is the space in-between lines. You can see that here we have two different lines. And with this option, I can modify the space in-between those lines. So you can see if I set this to a very low number, like six, you can see that we have these two lines very close together and they are now overlapping. So maybe you want to do that? Maybe not. And if I set this to a much higher number, like 200 and I press Enter, you can see that now we have way too much space in between these lines. Now, I can also come back over here and I can set these to 0. Like so. Now with these are Azure, I'm going to be able to set the kerning in between characters. Now, the kerning is the space in between layers. So you can see that we have some space in between each of these letters. And if I come over here and I click here, you can see that it is set to auto, but I can also change it to optical. And you can see that the space in between the characters changed. I'm going to set it back to auto for now. And I'm going to come over here. I'm going to select a different font because you will be able to see this better using a cursive font like this one. Now, you can see that right now some of these letters are connected. So you can see the N and the O. They are connected here because this is a cursive font. But if I come over here and I change this to optical, now they are separated. So you can use this option if the font that you're using doesn't have the proper space in between characters. You can come over here and change these from auto to optical or from optical to R0 until you have the result that you want. Now, I'm going to come back over here and I'm going to use the arial font that we had like that. And with this other option, we are going to be able to set the tracking for the selected characters. So if I don't have any character selected, I'm going to be able to change the tracking for all of them. So you can see that right now, this is set to 0, but I can click here and I can change the tracking. Now as you can see, the tracking is also the space in between these characters. So I can add more space in between characters, or I can reduce this space in-between characters. And now you can see that these different characters are overlapping. But in this case, they are overlapping horizontally, not vertically like before. I'm going to set this back to 0. And now I'm going to talk about these other option, which is the vertical scale. Now, with this option, we're going to be able to modify the scale for these funds. So you can see that right now it is set to 100. But if I reduce this to, let's say 25, you can see that this font is going to be deformed. And maybe that's what you want. I don't use this options very often. And you can also set this to, let's say, to handle it. And now this is much higher than it used to be. So usually I said these 2100 and I don't modify these very often. Now, this is going to be the same, but this time it is going to modify the font horizontally. So I can click here. And as you can see, this is going to modify the scale horizontally. So again, I don't use this option very often, so I'm going to leave it at 100%. Now, so far we have modified the whole text at once. But we can also use the type tool and we can make a selection. So let's select only this work. And we can modify the different options. But these options are going to apply only to the selected text. So you can see that I have only this word selected. And now if I modify the size of this font, you can see that this is going to modify only the word that I have selected. So now this word is bigger than the rest of the text. I'm going to select it again. And I'm going to type 120, and I'm going to press Enter. So now you can see that this word is bigger than the rest of the words. And we can do the same with the rest of the objects that we covered. So I can select this other world. And I'm going to modify the vertical scale for this one. So I'm going to use 25 percent. And now I'm going to select this other world. And for this one I'm going to modify the horizontal scale. So I'm going to use 150%, like so. And the same is going to apply to the rest of the audience. So we can modify the whole text at once, or we can modify only portions of our text. Now, the following options is going to help us to modify the baseline for our text. And again, we can do this for the whole text or for a selection of a text. Now, I'm just going to do it for the letter O. So I'm going to select it using the type tool. And I'm going to modify the baseline using this option here. So I can use the arrows. You can see that the letter O is moving up. And if I use the down arrow, it is going to move down. Like so. Or I can click here and I can select any number that I want, or I can type my own number. So let's type 25. And let's press Enter. And I'm going to deselect it. And as you can see now, the baseline for this letter is much higher than the baseline for the rest of the letters. And like I said, we can do this for a portion of our texts or for the whole text at once. Now, I'm going to select this other letter, the letter D. And I'm going to rotate this letter using these other option, the character rotation option. So again, I can use the arrows up and down. You can see it is rotating these letter. Or I can click here. And I can use any of these other redefine numbers. Or I can input my own number. So I'm going to rotate it 53 degrees. I'm going to press Enter. And now you can see that this letter has been rotated. Now to show you what the following options do, I'm going to create a new layer. So I'm going to go to the bottom of the Layers panel. And I'm going to click on the Create New Layer button. And I'm going to turn off the visibility for the previous layer. And now I'm going to make sure that the new layer is selected. And I'm going to use the type tool, and I'm going to click here. Now you can see that all of my different letters are rotated. And that is because like I said before, illustrator is going to remember the previous settings that we used for our text. And it's going to use those settings when we add some new texts. So I'm going to select this whole text and I'm going to rotate it back to 0, like so. And I'm also going to change back the vertical and the horizontal scales. I'm going to click here and I'm going to set it to 100%. And also here, I'm going to set it to 100%. And I'm going to reduce the size for the font. I'm going to use 48 for now. And I'm going to change the text. Okay? I'm going to move it over here. And I'm going to make a couple of copies. I'm going to go Control C, Control V. I'm going to move this over here, and I'm going to do it again, Control-C, Control-V, like this. And once again, Control-C, Control-V. I'm going to select them all and I'm going to move them. Like this. Now, this is going to be our original texts. I'm going to leave it the way it is, and I'm going to select the second text. Now, if we use this option, it is going to convert all of our letters into capital letters. So if I select this text and I click here, now you can see that all of our layers are capital letters. I can reduce the size a little bit. So you can see this better. And now you can see that all of our layers are capital letters. Now I'm going to select this other text, and I'm going to use these other objects, which is going to convert all of the letters into capital letters. But this letters there and not capital letters are going to be smaller than the letters that are capital letters. So I'm going to select this text and I'm going to use this option. You can see now all of the letters are capital letters, that the capital letters are bigger than the rest of the letters. Now, with the superscript option, I'm going to be able to add smaller characters that are above the baseline. For example, here we have the word first. So I'm going to select the two letters, the S and the T. And I'm going to click on superscript. And as you can see, now, these letters are much smaller than the rest of the letters and they are above the baseline. Now the subscript option is going to do the opposite. It is going to place the letters or characters below the baseline. And those characters are also going to be much smaller. And to show you how it works, I'm going to create another text. So I'm going to use again the type tool. And I'm going to click here. And I'm going to turn off these mockups option and also the superscript option. And I'm going to increase the size. I'm going to use 75. And I'm going to type a different text, like so. And now I'm going to select the number 2 and I'm going to use the subscript option. And I'm going to deselect it. And as you can see, now, this character is much smaller than the rest of the characters and it is below the baseline. Now we have two more options, which are the underline option and the strikethrough option. And these are pretty self-explanatory. So I'm going to select this text and I'm going to use the underline option. And as you can see, this is going to place a line below our text. If I select this other texts and I use this thread through option, It's going to place a line across my text. All right, so those are the different options that we can access through the Character panel to customize our techs in Adobe Illustrator. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the following lesson. 39. Other type tools: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to talk about other type tools. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, I have a new document opened and it is called other type tools. And you can find it in this section 5 folder of the resources of this course. All right, so in a previous lesson, we discussed the type tool, which is this one over here. But as you remember, we have other type tools, which are these ones that we have here. So we're going to cover these tools in this lesson. Now, I'm going to start with the type on a path tool, which is this one over here. So I'm going to select it. And now you can see that here in my document, I have a path and I have a few shapes. So if I want to use this tool, I have selected, I can come over here to this path. And if I click on it, now you can see that the text is going to follow the path. You can see that now this text is following the path that we clicked on. Now I'm going to select the type on a path tool. Again. I'm going to do the same, but this time I'm going to do it on the circle. So I'm going to click here. And you can see that now this is going to follow the circle. And this is going to work on any shape that you have. So I'm going to select it again. And this time I'm going to click on these are will. Now make sure that you notice that the text is going to start on the area where I click. So if I click over here, the text is going to start here and it's going to go all around this shape. But if I click on this other side, the text is going to start now on this side, and it's going to go all the way around the shape. So I'm going to click over here, like so. And now you can see that my text starts here and goes all the way around these shape. Okay, so I'm going to do the same again. I'm going to select the type on a path tool again. And now I'm going to click on these other shape. And I'm going to click, I'm going to start this time over here. So I'm going to click here. And as you can see now my text starts here and goes all the way around these shapes. So that is what these Type On a Path Tool does. Now I'm going to use the selection tool and I'm going to select this text. Now, I want you to notice that there are a few elements that we haven't talked about. And I'm going to start with these lines. You can see that there is a vertical line here, right next to the square. There is another vertical line here, this orange line. And there is another line over here. And these lines are actually important. So the first line is going to define where our text is going to be. So as you can see, if I get close to these lines, these orange line, you can see that the icon of the tool changes. And when it changes, it means that if I click and drag, I'm going to be able to modify the starting point of my text across the path. So I'm going to click and drag like this. And as you can see now, the text begins at the very beginning of the path. I'm going to do it again. So I'm going to select this text. And I'm going to come back over here to where this length is. And I'm going to get closed until the icon of the tool changes. And now I can click and drag again like this. And as you can see, now, the texts begins at the center of these paths. So I can do it again. I can click and drag and bring it back to the beginning of this path. Now, this other line here at the very end is going to help me define where my text is going to end. So you can see that now my text starts here and comes all the way over here. And if we had more text, it would continue all the way until this point because this is where the text is going to end. Now if I click and drag on this line, I'm going to be able to modify where I want. This takes to stop showing up. So if I click here and drag, I'm going to release here. You can see that now, even if I have more text, it is going to stop showing up at this point because this is where I mark the ending of my text. Even if the bath continuous all the way to the side, and even if I have more texts available. So I'm going to select this text again. And I'm going to come over here to these orange line. And I'm going to click and drag again. And as you can see, now the whole text is showing up again. Now I'm going to select the text again. And I'm going to talk about these other line here at the center of the text. And this one is going to help us to do two main things. The first one is that with this one, we're going to be able to move both the starting point and the ending point at the same time. So if I use the selection tool, remember we can use this handle here on the left to modify the starting point. And with this other one, I can modify the ending point for my text. And if I use the one at the center, I'm going to modify both the starting point and the ending point at the same time. So I'm going to do that. I'm going to click and drag this one. And you can see that I am moving both of these handles at the same time. Like so. Like that. I'm going to grab this one back to the beginning and this one to the very end, like that. Now, the second thing that we can do using this handle is to change the orientation of our text. So if I click and drag this handle, but instead of moving it to the sides, I move it down. This is going to change the orientation for my text. So I'm going to do that. I'm going to come over here to this handle and I'm going to click and drag it down like so. Now I'm going to release and I'm going to deselect it. And as you can see now, the orientation of our text has changed. I'm going to select it again, and I'm going to switch it back to the other orientation, like so. And of course, once we have our texts ready, we can go to the Character panel and modify the different characteristics of our texts, just like we did with the regular text tool. Now, let me close the Character panel because I don't need it for now. And now I'm going to turn off the view for the type on a path tool layer, which is this one here. So I'm going to turn it off and I'm going to turn on the view for the vertical type tool layer, which is this one here. Okay? Now, if we go to our different type tools, you can see that here we have another tool, which is the vertical type tool. Now, with this tool, we're going to be able to do basically the same as with the regular type tool, which is this one. The only difference is that while with the regular type tool, our text is going to go horizontally. With the vertical type tool, our text is going to go vertically. So if I use the regular type tool, I select it and I click on my canvas, you can see that the text goes horizontally. And if I use the vertical type tool, I click on my canvas. You can see that the text goes vertically. So that is the main difference between these two different tools. The rest is basically the same. So I'm going to select the vertical type tool again. And I'm going to click here on my canvas. And I'm going to type some text. And then if I press the Enter key on my keyboard, you can see that the text goes to the left. So if I continue typing, it is going to continue typing vertically. But this time it's going to type on the left of my previous texts. And that's how these tools works. The rest is basically the same as with the regular type tool. So I'm going to select these vertical type tool layer and I'm going to turn off the view. And I'm going to turn on the view for the next layer, which is the one for the area type tool. Now, the area type tool is this one over here. So I'm going to select it. Now for the area type tool to work, we have to have a path. And it is important that this path is a closed path. So you can see that I have a circle, I have an ellipse, and I have a custom shape. Now with the area type tool selected, I can come to one of these different paths or shapes. And I can click on any part of the shape. The part where I click doesn't really matter because the area type tool is going to fill up the whole shape. So I can click on any part of the shape. I'm going to click over here. And now you can see if I deselect this text, you can see that now my text is going to fill up the shape that we started with. And I can do the same with these other shapes. So I'm going to select the area type tool. And I can click on any part of the circle. And our text is going to feel these whole shape. I'm going to deselect this. And I'm going to do the same with these oval. So I'm going to select the area type tool again. And I'm going to click on this album. I am going to deselect it. And as you can see now, our text has the same shape as this shape that we started with. Now if I use the selection tool and I select this text, you can see that there are some areas that are not being filled, like these ones over here, and some other areas like you can see here. Now if I want to feel all of these areas, so these texts has the exact same shape as our original shape. Or they have to do is double-click to select this text. Or I can go to select and use the command select all. So all of my text is selected and they can go to the paragraph panel. And here I can use either this option or these other option. I'm going to use this one. And now if I deselect this, you can see that now this text is filling the whole shape except where we have some line breaks like here. But if I select this and I deleted the bread that we have here, and I give it a space. You can see that now the text is going to fill up the whole shape. Now if I deselect this, you can see that now this text has the exact same shape as our original shape. And if I continue typing here, I'm going to select this text. I'm going to copy it. And I'm going to paste it here. And I'm going to deselect it. You can see that now this has the exact same shape as our original shape. And of course, we can also modify the different characteristics of our texts. So if I select this text, I can also increase the size. And as you can see, it is going to try to keep the same shape. So I can use this option. And now we have a perfect circle here. So that's how the area type tool works in Adobe Illustrator. I'm going to turn off their view for this layer. And I'm going to turn on the view for the Vertical Area Type Tool layer. And this time I'm going to use these tool, which is the Vertical Area Type Tool. So I'm going to select it. And this is going to work very similar to the area type tool. So I'm going to click on this path and I'm going to deselect it. And as you can see, these tool is going to do basically the same as the area type tool with the only difference that Elise time, the tax is going to go vertically instead of horizontally. So I can select the Vertical Area Type Tool. Again. I'm just going to go to the Character panel and I'm going to decrease the size for this text. I'm going to use 12. And I'm going to click on this circle. And I'm going to deselect it. And as you can see, our text is following the shape of this circle. But this time our text is written vertically. I'm going to close this down and I'm going to use the Vertical Area Type Tool again. And I'm going to click on these oval and I'm going to deselect it. And like I said previously, we can use the Character panel, modify the different elements of our texts, just like we would do with the regular type tool. Okay, so I'm going to close down the Character panel and I'm going to turn off the Vertical Area Type Tool layer. And I'm going to turn on the Vertical Type On a Path Tool layer. And this is the vertical type on a path tool. And it is going to be basically the same as the vertical on a path tool. The only difference is that our text is going to be written vertically this time. So if I select the vertical type on a path tool and I click on this path and I deselect it. You can see that our text is going to follow our path. But this time it is going to be written vertically instead of horizontally like it would with the regular type on a path tool. So I'm going to select again the vertical type on a path tool. And I'm going to use it on these circle. So I'm going to click here. I'm going to deselect it. And again, it is going to be very similar to the regular type on a path tool with the only difference that our text is going to be written vertically. I'm going to do the same with these archival. And here you can see the result. Now I'm going to turn off the view for this layer. And I'm going to turn on the view for this other one, for the touch-type tool layer. Like so. Now you can see that here I have some really basic text. And if we go to our different type tools, you can see that here we have the tote type tool. Now, this tool is going to help us to do basically the same that we did using the Character panel with the only difference that when we use the touch-type tool, we're going to be able to modify our characters, but only one character at a time. So I'm going to select the dose. And now I have to select which character I want to modify. So I'm going to select the first one, these letter T. Now you can see that here we have different options. And each of these options is represented by a circle. So we have a circle edit tab and other circles around these barks. So we have five circles in total. Now with the seagull other very tab, we're going to be able to rotate our characters. So if I click and drag on this circle, like so. Now our character has been rotated. And if I go to my character panel and I go to the rotation value, you can see that here I have a new value, 37 degrees. If I come back over here and I click and drag, like so, and I go back to my Character panel. Now you can see that this value has changed. Now it is minus 55 degrees. Because like I said, using the touch-type tool, we're going to be able to modify the same things that we did with the character panel. So I'm going to come back over here and I'm going to rotate it like so. And again, you're seeing the circle at the very top. We're going to be able to rotate our characters. Now, I'm going to select the second character, which is this letter O. So I'm going to click here. And now let's cover these are the reciprocals. Now if I want to scale these character, all I have to do is click and drag on this circle on the top right corner. So I'm going to click and drag. And you can see that now my character gets smaller or bigger. And it is important to notice that with this option, I'm going to be able to scale my characters on both the horizontal and the vertical axis at the same time. And again, that is using the circle on the top right corner. Now I'm going to select these other character, the letter U. And if I want to scale these character, but I only want to scale it on the vertical axis. All they have to do is use this option on the top left corner. So I'm going to click and drag on this circle. And you can see that now I am scaling up and down this character, but only on the vertical axis. Now if I want to do the opposite scaling these character, let's say these other character. But this time I want to scale it only on the horizontal axis. All they have to do is use these circle on the bottom right corner. So I'm going to click and drag on this circle. And as you can see, now, I am scaling up and down these character, but only on the horizontal axis. Now, if what I want to do is to move these character out of the baseline, and they have to do is select the character. And I have to click and drag on the circle on the bottom left corner. So if I click and drag on the circle, you can see that I can move these character up. I can move it down below the baseline. I can move it to the right, or I can move it to the left so I can place these character wherever I want to. And all of the characters that are in front of these character are going to be posed according to the placement of these characters. And the characters that are below these character are not going to be modified. And this is going to apply to every single one of these options. So let's select this character. I'm going to move it to the right a little bit. You can see that now all of these different characters are being pushed along with these character and these other characters are not going to be modified. I'm Mike, I said this is going to apply with every single one of these options. So if I rotate it, you can see that these characters are going to move to give this pays for the movement that I just did. The same thing. If I scale it out or if I move it. They are going to be moving along with these character like so. And that's how we use the type tool. And with that, we finish this lesson. We covered the different type tools that we have available in Adobe Illustrator. I tried to cover the most important elements of each tool. But there are other advanced techniques when it comes to the type tool and when it comes to text in general, in Adobe Illustrator. But we're going to cover all of those different options in future lessons. And that's all for this lesson. I hope that you learned something useful. And I will see you in the following lesson. 40. Illustrating a character using only basic shapes: Outlining the face: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to create a character illustration using only basic shapes. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, I have illustrator sharpened and I'm going to start by creating a new document. So remember we can do it by coming over here and clicking the Create New button. Or I can go to file and I can select new. So I'm going to click here. And I'm going to go to art and illustration. And I'm going to select any of these templates. So the size doesn't really matter. For now. I'm just going to select letter. And I'm going to make sure that the orientation for these file is set to portrait. So I'm going to select these objects and I'm going to click Create. And now we have our new document. I'm going to select the Selection Tool. And since I'm not going to use these different type tools, I'm going to close them down. So I'm going to click here and I'm going to go to my Finder. Now you can see that here I have an image of a character. I'm going to open it up. And this is the character that we're going to be making in this lesson. And as you can see, it is a very simple character. And we're going to make it using only basic shapes. Now, you can access this file if you download the resources of this course and you will find it inside of this section six folder. So I'm going to close it down and now I'm going to grab it. So I'm going to click and drag. And I'm going to switch back to Illustrator. And I'm going to release here. And I'm going to make it bigger. So I'm going to move it first. And I'm going to make this bigger. I'm going to make sure to press the Shift key so it scales out proportionally. Like so. And now remember, if we want to access the different layer options for a particular layer, we can do it by double-clicking on the empty area to the right of the name of the layer. So I'm going to double-click on this area. For this layer, I'm going to double-click here. And now we can see the different layer options. And I'm going to rename this to guide. And I'm going to click on the template option. I'm going to turn it on and I'm going to click, Okay. And as you can see now, this is semi-transparent because this is only a guide. And now I'm going to create a new layer, which is the layer that we're going to be working on. So I'm going to go to my Layers panel, and at the very bottom, I'm going to click on the Create New Layer button. And I'm going to rename this layer to head. And this is where we're going to create the head for this character. So I'm going to zoom in a little bit. And as you can see, this character is actually a very simple character and it is made of really basic shapes. So you can see that here we have a semicircle. Here we have some rectangles for the legs. Another semicircle here. You're more rectangles. And as you can see, all of these are really basic shapes. Now I'm going to get closer to the head. And we're going to start by creating the hair, which is this part here. Now, I'm going to go to my Tools panel and I'm going to click and hold on these rectangle tool. So I'm going to click on hold. And I'm going to go to the right and I'm going to click on this little arrow here. So this becomes an independent panel and I'm going to place it here. So now we can access these tools much more easily. Now, you can see that here we have different shapes. And if I want to create these hair, of course I can use the pen tool and I can start tracing these hair. But like I said, we're going to use only basic shapes. So I'm going to start with this part of the hair. And I'm going to use the rectangle tool for that. I'm going to start here on these corner. I'm going to click and drag all the way to the other side. And I'm going to release here. Now I'm going to go to the fill option. I'm going to select it. And I'm going to make sure that this is set to none because I want to see through this shape and I'm going to reduce the size for these stroke. So I'm going to go to stroke and I'm going to use 0.5 for now, like so. And as you can see, we have the base for the hair, but we have to round these corners and also these corner. So I'm going to use the direct selection tool, the one with the white arrow. And I'm going to select the circle here. Remember these circles are going to help us to round our corners. So I'm going to select the circle and I'm going to press and hold the Shift key. And I'm going to select r. So these other circle, because I want to round these two corners. Now, once those two circles are selected, I'm going to click and drag until I get the shape that I need, like these. And I'm going to release. Now I'm going to deselect this shape. And as you can see now we have the base for the hair. Now we have some reflections here for these hair. So I'm going to use the same technique. I'm going to start with a rectangle. So I'm going to use the rectangle tool. I'm going to click and drag like this. And I'm going to make a copy of the rectangle. So I'm going to select it and I'm going to go Control C, Control V. I'm going to move it into place, like so. And I'm going to make another copy for DS1 here. So I'm going to go again, Control-C, Control-V, going to get closer here. And I'm going to move this into place. And for this one, I have to make it a little bit smaller. Like so. Okay. So now all I have to do is round these corners. And if I want to round all of the corners at the same time, remember we can do that using the selection tool, the one with the black arrow. So I'm going to click and drag on these corners. And I'm going to do the same with these ones here. I'm going to select this shape and I'm going to round these corners. And I'm going to do the same for these other rectangle. Like so. And as you can see now we have the reflections for the hair. Now at this stage, we only have the silhouettes. Bad. Later on we're going to add the colors. For now I'm interested only in getting the shapes. Now, I'm going to create this other part here of the hair. And for that we can use the pen tool or we can use a circle. Now for this one, I'm going to use the pen tool because it's going to be much easier. So I'm going to select the Pen tool. I'm going to click here and drag. And I'm going to come all the way to this other side. I'm going to click and drag again until I have the shade that I want. And I'm going to come over here and close it here, like so. And I'm going to deselect it. Now remember we can use the shape builder tool or the Pathfinder to delete these x's areas. And that's why I'm going to do now. So I'm going to use the selection tool, the one with the black arrow. I'm going to select both of these different shapes. And I'm going to use the shape builder tool. And I'm going to click and drag pressing the Alt key to subtract in this area. And I'm going to click and drag like so. And as you can see now, I have only these area. I'm going to deselect it. And I'm going to go to my Layers panel. I'm going to expand these. You can see that here I have this shape and here I have the shape for the hair. So you can see these are two different shapes. And that's what we're going to be using for the hair. Okay? So now the hair is done and we can continue with the rest of the head. And that's going to be really easy as well. And we're going to use the same technique. You can see that here we have a rectangle with the corners rounded. So I'm going to use the rectangle tool again. I'm going to start here on this corner. And I'm going to click and drag all the way to the bottom of the face. And I'm going to use the selection tool. And I'm going to adjust the size. I'm going to get closer and I'm going to adjust the size. Like so. I'm going to go down and I'm going to make sure that this is the correct size. Okay? Now, all I have to do is round these corners. Now to do that, I'm going to use the direct selection tool, the one with the white arrow. And I'm going to select these dad here, the circle, and also these other ones. So I'm going to press and hold shift and click here. And I'm going to round these corners. I'm going to click and drag until I get the shape that I want, like so. And I'm going to do the same with these other corners. So I'm going to use the direct selection tool again. I'm going to select this circle and also the circle. And I'm going to click and drag until I get the shape that I want. Like. So as you can see now we have the head and I need to create the face. So I'm going to use the rectangle tool again. And I'm going to click and drag. Remember we can press and hold the Space key to move the shape that we're creating. And I'm going to release here. And I'm going to round all of the four corners at the same time. So I'm going to use this time the selection tool, the one with the black arrow. I'm going to select one of the corners. And I'm going to click and drag to round all of these corners. Now for the nose, I'm going to use the Ellipse tool. So I'm going to select it. And I'm going to create a circle. I'm going to click and drag. And I'm going to press and hold the Alt key. So it starts at the center. And to make it a perfect circle, I'm going to press and hold the Shift key as well. And I'm going to make this circle like this. And using the arrows on my keyboard, I'm going to move this circle. I'm going to get closer here. I'm going to move with using the selection tool. It's going to be much easier and much more precise. I'm going to make it a little bigger. Like so. So now we have the nose. I'm going to move it up just a little bit more. Like so. So now we have the nose. And we're going to have to merge these two shapes together. So I'm going to select them using the selection tool, the one with the black arrow. I'm going to select them both. And I'm going to use the shape builder tool. And I'm going to click and drag until all of these bars are highlighted. And I'm going to release. And as you can see now we have the shape of the face. Now, let's continue with the eyes and this part of the nose, which is going to be really easy because we already know how to do it. So I'm going to create a rectangle. I'm going to click and drag like this. And for this other one, I'm going to use a copy of these ones. So I'm going to go ahead and do the reflection of the nose. Like so. And I'm going to use the selection tool around all of these corners. And I'm going to do the same with these other one. I'm going to click and drag to round the corners. Now let's continue with the eyes. So I'm going to select the rectangle tool again. I'm going to click and drag to create this rectangle. And I'm going to use the selection tool. And I'm going to round these corners just a little bit like so. And now I'm going to deselect this one because I want to make a circle using the ellipse tool. I'm going to click and drag until I have the silicon that I need. And now, since I have this I complete, I can select all of these elements using the selection tool, the one with the black arrow. I can select all of these and I can make a copy and move that copy to these other side. So we don't have to do this all over again. So once these elements are selected, I'm going to make a copy, so Control C, and this time I'm going to use the command Control Shift V. So this is going to paste the new elements at the exact same place as the original ones. And now I'm going to use the arrow keys on my keyboard to move these elements to the right. Like so you can see the eye is where it should be. And all I have to do is select these eyebrow and more with a little bit more like so. So now you can see that we have the eyebrows and the eyes. Now let's go ahead and create the ears, because these are going to be really easy. So I'm going to use the Ellipse tool. I'm going to get closer here and I'm going to create a circle here. So I'm going to click and drag, but I'm going to press the Alt and the Shift key. And I'm going to click and drag like so. And I'm going to make a copy of the circle. So I'm going to use the selection tool, make sure it is selected. And I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V to paste it in place. And I'm going to make this bigger. So I'm going to use the selection tool. So we get these handles. And I'm going to press and hold the Shift key and also the Alt key. I'm going to click and drag on this corner to make this bigger. Like so. And now I can use the selection tool, select both of these circles. And I'm going to make a copy. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to use the arrow keys on my keyboard to move these elements to the right. And I can press and hold the Shift key to move these faster. Like so. So now we have the ears, we have the eyes, the nose, the hair, and we have to make the mouth and the beard. So the mouth is going to be really easy. And I'm going to use a rectangle. I'm going to use the rectangle tool again. I'm going to click and drag like this. I'm going to use the direct selection tool. Select these two circles at the bottom. And I'm going to click and drag to round these corners, like so. So now we have the mouth and all we need to make now are the teeth and the tongue. And we're going to do it in the same way. I'm just going to make these mouth a little bit smaller. So I'm going to select it and I'm going to shrink it down just a little bit. And now I'm going to create another rectangle. I'm going to click and drag like this. And I'm going to select the direct selection tool. I'm going to select the circle and also this one here. And I'm going to click and drag to round these corners at the bottom. Like so. And now we have the teeth. And to make the tongue, we're going to use the same technique. So I'm going to click and drag like this. And I'm going to use the direct selection tool. And I'm going to select this corner only. And I'm going to click and drag on this circle to round the corner. Like so. And again, we're going to cut off this part. So I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to select the shape of the mouth and also the shape of the tongue. And I'm going to use the Shape Builder Tool. Remember the shortcut Shift M or against selected from the Tools panel. And I'm going to click and drag over these area, but I'm going to press and hold the Alt key so I can subtract this area. I'm going to click and drag like that. And now you can see if I use the selection tool and deselect these. You can see that here we have this part of the mouth, which is going to be the tongue. And we also have the mouth, which is this one here. Okay? Now, the face is almost complete. All we have to do now is add the beard. And it's going to be really easy. I'm going to use the rectangle tool and I'm going to make a rectangle. So I'm going to click and drag like these. And I'm going to use the selection tool, the one with the black arrow. And I'm going to round the four corners at the same time, like so. And now all they have to do is make a few copies so I can place them on these different areas. So I'm going to select this shape. I'm going to go Control C, Control V. And I'm going to move this into place. And I'm going to do it again. Control C, Control V. I'm going to move this one over here. I'm going to do it again, Control C, Control V. I'm going to move this down here. And again Control C, Control V. I'm going to move it over here. And once again Control C, Control V. I'm going to move it like so. And once I have all of these different shapes, I'm going to make a copy of all of these. And I'm going to place them over here. So I'm going to select all of these different shapes using the selection tool, the one with the black arrow. And I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V to paste them in place. And I'm going to use the arrow keys on my keyboard to move them to the other side. Like this. And with all of these different shapes selected, I'm going to right-click on them. And I'm going to go to transform. And I'm going to go and select the reflect option. So I'm going to click here and I'm going to make sure that the vertical option is on. I'm going to click on Preview to see the result. And as you can see, this is what we want. So I'm going to click, Okay. And now all they have to do is use the arrow keys on my keyboard to place all of these shapes where they need to be. Now, I am missing one shape here. So I'm going to select this one. And I'm going to go Control C, Control V. And I'm going to move it into place like so. Maybe a little bit to the left. And as you can see now, the face part of these character is complete. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the following lesson. 41. Illustrating a character using only basic shapes: Outlining the upper body: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to continue creating our character illustration using only basic shapes. So let's start. Okay, so this is where we left in our previous lesson. And as you can see, the head for this character is complete. And I'm just going to create the neck really quickly. So I'm going to get closer here. And for this I'm going to use the rectangle tool. And I'm just going to click and drag. This is going to be really easy. Okay? Now that we have this head complete, I can collapse this layer. And when we work in Illustrator, it is usually a good idea to use multiple layers to have our files properly organised. And that's what I'm going to do. So seeing is we have completed working on the head. I'm going to lock this layer and I'm going to go to the bottom of the Layers panel and I'm going to create a new layer. Now this layer is going to be for the upper body. So it's going to be for the sweater, for the hands and for this. So I'm going to rename these two upper body. And now I'm going to work on these upper body. So I'm going to get closer here. And you can see that here we have some basic shapes. So I'm going to use the rectangle tool. And I'm just going to click and drag to create these shapes like these. And I can use the selection tool. And I can select this rectangle that we just made and I can make a copy. So Control C, Control Shift V to paste it in place. And I'm going to use the arrow keys to move it down. I'm going to get closer here. And I'm going to make it the size that we need. And I'm going to scale it down here, like so. And I'm going to scale it down from the sides as well. But this time I'm going to press and hold the Alt key on my keyboard. And I'm going to click and drag. So I press the Alt key so it is going to scale on both sides at the same time. Okay? Perfect. Now, you can see that we have to make the shoulders. So we have a semicircle here. And we can create these semicircle in two different ways. We can use the Ellipse tool or we can use a rectangle. Now, since we have a rectangle already, I'm going to make a use of this rectangle. So I'm going to make a copy. So Control C, Control Shift V to paste it in place. And I'm going to move it down like so. And I'm going to scale it to the side. And I'm going to press and hold the Alt key to scale it on both sides. At the same time. Like that. I'm going to make it bigger like this. I'm going to move it down a little. And I have to spell it out a little bit more on the sides like this. Okay? So now all we have to do is to round these corners. So I'm going to use the direct selection tool, the one with the white arrow. And I'm going to select this corner and also these other one. And I'm going to round these corners like so. Now I'm going to have to move it up a little bit. So I'm going to use the arrow keys on my keyboard to move it up like that. Now I'm going to deselect it. And as you can see, this is not exactly the same as the picture below, but this is going to work just fine. Okay? So now I'm going to make these other part for that, I'm going to use the Ellipse tool. I'm going to press and hold the Alt key and the Shift key on my keyboard. And I'm going to click and drag with the ellipse tool. I'm going to make the circle. And I'm going to move it down using the arrow keys on my keyboard. Like so. So you can see that now we have these other parts. And all they have to do now is the torso and the arms. And that's going to be really easy. I'm going to grab one of these rectangles that we have here. I'm going to select it and I'm going to make a copy. So Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to move it down using the arrow keys on my keyboard. And now I'm going to scale it out. And I'm also going to scale it out on the sides. And I'm pressing and holding the ALT key. So both sides are going to be scaled out like so. Perfect. Now, I'm going to make a copy of this rectangle. So I'm going to go Control C, Control V. And I'm going to move this copy to this side because this is going to be the arm. And I'm going to scale these down on this side like this. And now I have to make it bigger. So I'm going to do it like that. And as you can see now we have the arm and we need this leaf here. So I'm going to use the rectangle tool. I'm going to click and drag to make this leap. Like so. And now we can make a copy of this arm. So I'm going to select both of these elements. I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to use the arrow keys on my keyboard to move these to the other side. I'm going to get closer here to make sure that this is aligned with the other part of the body. So I'm going to move it like so. And as you can see, now this is aligned. Okay? So as you can see now we have this sweater bad. As you can see, this is made of different bases and I want to have only one piece. So I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to select all of these different pieces here, including the arms and the torso. The circle that we have here at the center and the shoulders. And now I'm going to use the Shape Builder Tool. Remember the shortcut is Shift M. And I'm going to click and drag to make sure that all of these different areas are highlighted. So they become only one piece like this. And I'm going to release, I'm going to deselect this shape. And as you can see now, they are only one single BCE. Now we have something here that we don't need, so I'm going to select it. And I'm going to use that lithium, my keyboard. I'm going to select this one. And I'm going to use the shape builder tool to fix this. Like so. And I'm going to select this shape. And I'm going to leave it like so. Okay, so now this is one single piece. And as you can see, there's leaves are a separate piece. And I did that on purpose because we're going to have to make these a different color, so we have to have them as a separate business. Okay? So now all we have to do is make the hands and the watch. So let's start with the hands. And I'm going to use the rectangle tool to create this hand. And this is going to be really easy. I'm going to start by making a rectangle here using the rectangle tool. And I'm going to round the corners at the bottom. So I'm going to use the direct selection tool. And I'm going to select these two corners. And I'm going to round them like so. And I'm going to make a copy of this shape, but I'm going to use the selection tool, the one with the black arrow. So the handshape gets elected. And now I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V to paste it in place. And I'm going to move it to the right. Like so. And now I'm going to make another copy. So Control C, Control Shift V, and I'm going to move it to the right as well. Now all I have to do is select this shape and I'm going to scale it down. And also this one, I'm going to select it and I'm going to scale it down. Like so. So now we have the different fingers. And all I have to do is to create these other finger. And I'm going to do that very easily. I'm going to use the rectangle tool. And I'm going to click and drag like this. I'm going to move it a little bit to the left. And I'm going to round all of the corners. Like so. Okay. Now all of these different fingers have to be one single shape. So I'm going to select them, all. These three fingers. And I'm going to use the Shape Builder tool. So I can select it from here, or I can use the shortcut Shift M. And I'm going to come over here and I'm going to click and drag. So now they are one single shape. And I'm going to deselect these like so. Now I'm going to make these shadows that we have here. It's going to be really easy. I'm just going to grab the rectangle tool. I'm going to create a simple rectangle. And I'm going to round all four corners. You already know how to do that. And I'm going to select it and I'm going to make a copy. So Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to move it down. And now I have to make these shadow here. So I'm going to use the rectangle tool. And I'm going to click and drag to create that shadow. Like so. Okay, so now we have the base for these hand. And to create these other hand, we're just going to make a copy of this one. And we're going to mirror it over here. So I'm going to use this selection tool. I'm going to select all of these elements that create this hand. And now I'm going to make a copy. So Control C, Control Shift V to paste it in place. And I'm going to use the arrow keys to move these to the other side. And now I'm going to come over here. I'm going to right-click and I'm going to go to Transform. And I'm going to select the reflect option. So I'm going to click here. And I'm going to make sure that the vertical option is on. And I'm going to make sure that the preview option is on as well. So we can see how it is going to look. And that's what we need. So I'm just going to click Okay. And I'm going to get closer. And I'm going to move this to its position. Like so. And as you can see now we have finished the sweater and the hands. So all we need is to make these watch. Now, I'm going to create another layer to make the watch because right now we have a lot of different lines here. So I don't want you to get confused. So I'm just going to make another layer here. And I'm going to name it watch. And I'm going to turn off the view for these layer for the upper body just for a second. So we can create these watch. And as you can see, this is going to be really easy because we have really simple shapes. So I'm going to start with a rectangle. I'm going to click and drag to create the rectangle. And now we have to make a circle. So I'm going to use the Ellipse tool. And I'm going to deselect these first. And now I'm going to select the ellipse tool. And I'm going to click and drag. And I'm going to press and hold the Shift and the Alt key on my keyboard. So the circle is created from the center out, like this. And I'm going to make a copy of the circle. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to scale it out again using the Alt key and the Shift key on my keyword. So it scales out from the center, out like so. Now to make the hands, I'm going to use a rectangle. And I'm just going to make a simple rectangle. And I'm going to round these corners, but before doing that, I'm going to make a copy of these one. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V, and I'm going to rotate it. So I'm going to use the selection tool. And I'm going to rotate this rectangle. I'm going to press and hold the Shift key. So it rotates 90 degrees. And now I'm going to use the direct selection tool. I'm going to grab these two anchor points and I'm going to move him to the side, like so. And I'm going to do the same with these other rectangle. I'm going to grab these two anchor points and I'm going to move him like that. And you can see that I have to make this hand a little bit bigger. So I'm going to grab these two anchor points and I'm going to move them just a little bit like so. And I have to make these a little smaller. And I can do this using the selection tool and grabbing these handle. Like so. I'm going to round these corners. Like so. I'm going to zoom out. And this is going to be the watch. I'm going to turn on the visibility for the upper body layer. And that's how this is going to look so far. So as you can see, we have completed creating the upper body for our character. And all we have to do now is create the lower body. And we're going to do that in the next lesson. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the following lesson. 42. Illustrating a character using only basic shapes: Adding color: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to finish creating our character using only basic shapes. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, this is where we left in our previous lesson. And in this lesson we're going to create the lower body, which as you can see, is going to be really, really easy. So I'm going to create a new layer. So I'm going to go to the bottom of the Layers panel and I'm going to click here. And I'm going to rename these to lower body. And I'm going to lock these two layers that we have unloved here so we don't modify them by accident. And I'm going to get closer here. And as you can see, we have to create a rectangle. So I'm going to use the rectangle tool. I'm going to click and drag to create this rectangle. Like so. And I'm going to create the legs and the shoes. And these are going to be really easy as well. So I'm just going to click and drag to create this rectangle like this. This is going to be the leg. And I'm going to get closer here. And I'm going to use the selection tool. And I'm going to make these a little bit larger, like so. And I'm also going to make it a little bit thicker. So I'm going to grab this handle and I'm going to move it to the right a little bit. Okay? Now I'm going to create another rectangle here for the semicircle. So I'm going to grab the rectangle tool. I'm going to click and drag like so. And I'm going to use the direct selection tool. I'm going to select the circle on this corner and also this other one. And I'm going to round these corners like so. And as you can see now we have the leg and the shoe. And to make this other one here, I'm just going to make a copy of these ones. So I'm going to select these two shapes. I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to use the arrow keys on my keyboard to move this to the left. And I'm going to right-click here. I'm going to go to transform and I'm going to select the reflect Option. And I'm going to click Okay. And all I have to do now is to move these shapes to the left, like so. So as you can see now we have both legs and all I have to do now is the semicircle that I have here. So I'm going to use the rectangle tool again. I'm going to click and drag like this. And I'm going to make sure that this is the correct size. So I'm just going to come over here and I'm going to reduce the size, like so. And now I'm going to use the direct selection tool. And I'm going to select this corner. So this circle here on this corner, and also this other one over here. Because I need to make these corners rounded. You can see this here. So I'm going to round these corners like so. And now you can see that we have completed making the lower body. Now I'm going to select these leg here. I'm going to open up this layer. And I'm going to turn off the view for these leg just for a second because I need to merge these two shapes together. So I'm going to select them both using the selection tool. I'm going to select this one and also this other one. And I'm going to merge them together using the Shape Builder tool. So I'm going to select it and I'm going to click and drag until all of these areas are highlighted. And I'm going to release like so. So now you can see this is a single shape and I can turn back on the visibility for the other leg. I'm going to sum out. And as you can see, we have finished making the scepter. And all we have to do now is add the colors. So I'm going to collapse this layer and I'm going to lock it for now. And I'm going to go to the guide layer. And I'm going to double-click on the empty area to the right of the name of this layer to open up the layer options. So I'm going to double-click here. And I'm going to turn off the template option. So I'm going to click here, and I'm going to click Okay. So now we can see their true colors of our guide. I'm going to select this guide and I'm going to move it to the right. Like so, because I want to use these colors and apply them on my own illustration. So I'm going to collapse this one and I'm going to lack it as well. And I'm going to start with the head. So I'm going to zoom in. And this layer is locked, so I'm going to unlock it first so we can work on it. And now all I have to do is copy these colors into these Illustration. And that's going to be really easy to do. So I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to grab the hair first. And then I'm going to click on this icon to convert this stroke into a fill. So I'm going to click here. And now we have a feel. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. I'm going to select it and I'm going to click on these color. So now we have the same color applied to our own illustration. And now I'm going to select these other shape here, the highlight of the hair. And I'm going to use again the eyedropper tool. And this time I'm going to copy these other color. Like so. So now I can get closer here. And I can select these other two shapes because they have to be the same color as this one. And I'm going to switch to the eyedropper tool. Now, remember the shortcut for the eyedropper tool is the letter I. So for now on I'm going to use the shortcut. So I'm going to press the letter I on my keyboard. And I'm going to click here to copy the same color. Okay? Now I'm going to select again the selection tool. And I'm going to select the head because this has to be the same color as the hair. So I'm going to select it and I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. Remember the shortcut is Larry I on your keyboard. I'm going to click here like so. Now I'm going to select these other highlight on the hair. And I'm going to switch to the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to copy this color like so. Now I'm going to select all of these shapes, including the hair and these different highlight, including this one over here. And I'm going to open up this layer. You can see that all of these different shapes are at the very bottom of the layer hierarchy. But I want to have him at the very top because they have to be on top of the other shapes. So I'm going to move them to the top. So I'm going to click here, and I'm going to press Shift and click over here. So I can move him up in the layer hierarchy like that. And I can also group them together. So I'm going to go Control G. And as you can see now we have a new group and I can turn it off. And as you can see now, all of the elements of the hair are inside of these group. Okay? So now we have to make these other highlights. So I'm going to select all of these different shapes. And once I have them all selected, I'm going to go to the Eyedropper Tool. Remember the shortcut, the letter I on your keyboard. And I'm going to click here. And now you can see that all of these different shapes have the same color as these ones here. Okay, now I'm going to select the shape for the face. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to click here. So we cap it and color. And now I'm going to use the selection tool to select this highlight. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool again and copy the color for these highlight. And I'm going to do the same with the rest of these different shapes. So I'm going to select both of these eyebrows at the same time. So I'm going to click here. And also here. I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to copy this color. And I'm going to select the eyes. I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. Click here to Gabby these color. I'm going to do the same with the eyes. And now I'm going to use the eyedropper tool and click here. Like so. Now I'm going to select the ears. So I'm going to select this one and also this one here. I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. Click here. And now I have to select the other ones. So I have to move these two circles to the top, like so. So I can select them, go and select this one. And this one. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool again and copy this color. Like so. Now as you can see, these ears have to be at the very bottom of the layer here. Okay? So I'm going to select these two objects and also these other ones. And you can see that they are these ones here. So I'm going to move them to the very bottom of the layer hierarchy. And I'm going to move this up like so. Perfect. So now all we have to do is grab the same color for the mouth. So I'm going to select the mouth and I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. Click here. And I'm going to use the selection tool. Select the teeth, go back to the eyedropper tool. Click here to copy this color. Go back to the selection tool, select the tongue, use the eyedropper tool and copy this color, like so. And I'm going to get closer to the mouth here and I'm going to select it again. Like so because you kind of see that this has also a stroke. So I'm going to select the stroke. And I'm going to add the same color that we have here. Like so. I'm going to collapse this. And I'm going to make these a little thicker. Like so. As you can see now, it looks much more like the original one. And I'm going to make it even a little bit thicker. Maybe three. Okay, that looks better. And as you can see now we have completed making the colors for the head. And I'm going to select this other shape. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool, copy this color. And as you can see, this is the neck. So it has to be below these other objects. So I'm going to select it. You can see here it is this one. So I'm going to move it all the way down in the layer hierarchy. And now it looks better. And I'm going to select these two shapes. But as you can see, I have to collapse the layer for the head because this one is complete and I'm going to lock it. And now I can work on the sweater. But as you can see, the upper body layer is locked. So I'm going to unlock it. And I'm going to select the shape and also this one because they have to be the same color. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to copy this color like so. I'm going to use the selection tool again. Select these other shape. Use the eyedropper tool. Copy this color, like so. Now let's move on to this leaves. I'm going to select them both. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. Copy this color and see how it looks. As you can see, it looks really good. And let's continue with the hand. So I'm going to select the hand, this one, and this one. I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. Copy this color to the selection tool again, select these shapes. I'm going to use the eyedropper tool again. To copy this color. I'm going to deselect it to see how this looks. And as you can see, all I have to do now is select the thumbs. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool again. And I'm going to copy the color for the thumb like that. Now, I'm going to open up this layer because I have to move these two shapes at the very bottom because they have to be below the rest of the shapes. So I'm going to select this one and this one, which are the shapes for the thumbs. I'm going to move him down in the layer hierarchy, like so. And as you can see now, this looks better. Now I have to make the shadow, so I'm going to select this other shape. I'm going to use the eyedropper tool again. And I'm going to copy the color for the shadow. Like so. And as you can see, this one has to be below this other shape. And in fact, the shape has to be above both the shape and these other one. So I'm going to select it. And I'm going to move it up into layer here, icky. A little bit more. I'm going to move it all the way up. Like so. Now it looks better. And I have to do the same with these ones. So I'm going to select it. And I'm going to move it up in the layer hierarchy, like so. So as you can see, I have another shape for the shadows here, but this is going to be covered by this watch. So I don't really need it. And I can delete it or I can just turn off the view for this one, which is what I'm going to do. I'm going to call r Now the watch. So you can see it is only black and white. So it is going to be really simple. I'm going to select this shape. But as you can see, it is a lot. So I have to come over here and unlock this layer. And I'm going to select it. And I'm going to click here to switch it to a field. The same with this one. I'm going to click here. But this one has to be white. So I'm going to double-click here. And I'm going to change this to white. This one. I'm going to select it. And I'm going to click here to make it a feel. And I have to move it down in the layer hierarchy. So we can also see the white shape. I'm going to get closer here to the hands. I'm going to select them both. And I'm going to click here. So they are fields instead of strokes. And now the watch is complete. Okay? So as you can see so far, it has been really easy. All I have to do now is to color the lower body. So I'm going to lock these layers and I'm going to unlock the layer for the lower body. And I'm going to select this shape here. I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. Let me close this down so it doesn't get in our way. And with this shape selected, I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to copy this color like so. I'm going to deselect it. And now I have to select these other shape. I'm going to use the eyedropper tool again. And I'm going to copy this color. I'm going to use the selection tool, select these other leg. Use the eyedropper tool. Select this color to copy it. Perfect. Now, all I have to do is get closer here. Take this, open up this layer. And I'm going to move this to the top of the layer hierarchy because this has to be on top of the other shapes, like so. And all they have to do now is select the shapes for the shoes. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to click here to copy this color. And I'm going to move them up in the layer here I came because they have to be in front of these other shapes. I'm going to deselect them. And as you can see, now, we have completed creating this illustration. I'm going to collapse this layer. And I'm going to turn off the guide. And this is our final illustration. And as you can see, it was actually really easy to do it and with the reducing only basic shapes. All right, so that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the following lesson. 43. Illustrating a character using only basic shapes: Aditional details: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to finish creating our character using only basic shapes. So let's start. Okay, So in the previous lesson, we completed creating our character. And I really like how it looks. But as you can see, if I turn on the view for the layer with our guide, you can see that this character, the original one, has some stripes in his sweater. And we can do that as well. And it's going to be a little bit time consuming. And if you want to, you can skip this part, but I'm just going to show you how we can do it. So you know how to do it if you want to. Okay, so I'm going to start by unlocking these layer, the one for my guide. And I'm going to select it and I'm going to move it back like that so we can use it again as a guide. And I'm going to turn off the view for all of my other layers, like so. And I'm going to lock this layer. So I'm going to start by creating the stripes and I'm going to create a new layer for that. So I'm going to click here to create a new layer. And I'm going to rename it to stripes. And I'm going to get closer. So I'm going to start with the rectangle tool. And I'm just going to click and drag to create the stripe. And I'm going to turn off the field. And actually I'm going to click here. So we have only a fill and no stroke. Okay? So now that we have this stripe, all we have to do is make a copy of the stripe and move it to the right. So I'm going to select it and I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V to paste it in place. And I'm going to move it to the right like that. And I'm going to select them both. I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to move them to the right as well. And I'm going to do the same. Select them all. Control C, Control Shift V. I'm going to move them to the right, like so. And I'm going to do it again, Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to move them to the right like that. And I'm going to the same, but this time I'm going to copy these on the other side. So I'm going to select them all and I'm going to duplicate them. So Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to move him this time to the left. Like so. And I can delete these ones that I've learned. And also these ones here, like so. And if I want to, I can select them all and make sure that they are at the center. So we have the same space over here as we have our here. I'm going to move them just a little bit to the left, something like that. And I'm going to select them all. And I'm going to make them larger. Like so. Now I have to connect all of these lines so they become one single shape. Because if I go to this layer and I expand it, you can see that we have a lot of different shapes here. So I'm going to use the rectangle tool. And I'm going to click and drag and create a new rectangle that is overlapping with these other ones. And I'm going to select them all. And I'm going to use the Pathfinder tool to merge all of these different shapes together so they become one single shape. So I'm going to open up the Pathfinder panel. Remember, if you don't see the pathfinder bundle, you can go to window and you can select the Pathfinder option from here. So I'm going to use this first option to unite all of these different shapes. So I'm going to click here. And as you can see now, these became one single shape. You can see it here as well. Now I only have one layer. And I'm going to turn off the view for now because as you can see, I have to make a copy of the sweater. So I'm going to turn on the view for the sweater. And I'm going to turn off the view for the guide layer because we don't need it anymore. And I'm going to expand these. I'm going to unlock it. And I'm going to select this shape that creates the sweater. And I'm going to make a copy. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V to paste it in place. And I'm going to move this shape into these other layer. So you can see I still have my original sweater here, and I have another one inside of these layer with the stripes. So I'm going to select both of these shapes. So I'm going to use the selection tool and I'm going to select them both. And it is important that the shape with the sweater is at the top and that the shape with the stripes is at the bottom. That's really important for this to work. And now that I have this shape selected, I'm going to use these option, the Intersect option. So I'm going to click here. And as you can see, now, I have these stripes. So I'm going to turn back on the visibility for our guide. I'm going to unlock it and I'm going to move it a little bit to the right so we can copy the same color. And I'm going to select all of these shapes, all of these different stripes. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to click here to select these color. And now I can turn off the view for the guide layer. I can collapse these one. And I can't turn back on the view for the rest of these other layers. And I can deselect it. And as you can see now we have the stripes, but we have to move these ones to the bottom like that. And I'm going to place them inside of these upper body layer because this leaves have to be on top of the stripes. So now we've fixed the problem that we had here. Because if we leave it the way it was, you can see that now the stripes are getting on top of this leaf and we don't want that. So I'm going to move the stripes layer below this leaves. And I'm just going to make sure that everything looks okay. And as you can see now, our character is complete. Now it has all of the details as our original image. I'm going to zoom out so we can see the whole illustration. And at this point our character is now complete. So that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching. I hope that you learned something useful. And I will see you in the next lesson. 44. Making a cute Kawaii illustration: Outlining the hamburger character: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to create a cured Kuwait illustration using Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, I have a new empty document open. And you can create a document of any size that you want. The size for this project doesn't really matter. So just create any document of any size that you want. Now, I'm going to go to my Finder. And as you can see inside of the sectional six folder, within the Resources folder of this course, I have a new image. And this is the image that we're going to be making in these lesson. So I'm just going to grab this image. I'm going to click and drag. And I'm going to switch back to Adobe Illustrator. And I'm going to drop it here. And this is the image that we're going to use as a reference. So I'm going to rename this layer to reference. And I'm going to double-click on the empty area to the right of the name of the layer to bring the layer options. And I'm going to turn on the template option. And I'm going to click Okay, so now I have to create a new layer. So I'm going to come down here and I'm going to click here to create a new layer. And I'm going to start by creating these hamburger. So I'm going to rename this layer to burger. And now we can start working on these EMH. So we can use the pen tool to create these different elements or we can use these different basic shapes to create some of these elements. So for this one are the top. I'm going to use the Ellipse tool because it's going to be easier. And now I'm just going to click and drag like this. And before doing anything to this shape, I'm just going to go over here and I'm going to select the fill option. And I'm going to click on the non option. And that way we're not going to have any feel for the shape. And we can see through these shape, which is what we want. Now, I'm going to select the Selection Tool and I'm going to resize these leaves. So it is more similar to the image that we have below. I'm just going to make sure that this is similar in size to our reference image. I'm going to shrink it down a little like so. And now I'm going to select the direct selection tool, the one with the white arrow. And I'm going to select this anchor point here at the bottom. And once these anchor point is selected, I'm going to use the arrow keys on my keyboard to move this anchor point up. Like so. And maybe I have to move these two anchor points as well. So I'm going to select them both and move them just a little bit. So now we have the base for the burger. And to create this other shape here, I'm going to use a copy of this shape that we just created. So I'm going to select it using the selection tool like that. And I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V to paste it in place. I'm going to use the down arrow key on my keyboard to move it down. Like so. As you can see now we have this other shape. Now I can use the selection tool to select both of these shapes. And then I can use the shape builder tool. And I can click here once to create this shape here. So if I open up this layer, you can see that now we have three different shapes. I'm going to turn off the view for all of them. And I'm going to turn on the viewer for one of them at a time. So you can see that this is the first shape that we make. So this one is okay. If I turn on the view for this other one, this is the other shape that we need for the meat. So this one is okay. And this one is the other shape that was created when we used the Shape Builder tool. But we're not going to use these one. So I'm just going to drag it to the trash can to delete it. And now I can turn back on divisibility for these other shapes. So now we have the first part of the hamburger, and I'm going to use the Ellipse tool again to create the eyes. So I'm going to click and drag here. And I'm going to make sure that I press and hold the Shift key on my keyboard. So this becomes a perfect circle. Like so. I'm going to select this shape and I'm going to make a copy. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V to paste it in place. And I'm going to move it to the right using the arrow keys on my keyboard. Like so. And now we can create the mouth. You're seeing the same ellipse. So I'm just going to grab this one and I'm going to make a copy. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to move it using the arrow keys on my keyboard. I'm going to get closer here because I have to make this one a little bigger. So I'm going to scale it out. Like that. And I can shrink it down a little bit. I'm just going to shrink it down a little bit more. Like so. And now I can use the Direct Selection Tool. I can select this anchor point at the top, and I can delete it using the delete key on my keyboard like that. So now we have the eyes, the mouth, and the top part of these hamburger. Now for this other part here, it's going to be much easier if we do it by hand using the pen tool. So I'm going to grab the pen tool. I'm just going to click and drag to follow the shape that we have over here. Remember we have a few lessons on the Pen tool where I teach you how to use and master the pen tool. So if you haven't watched those lessons, I really recommend you to go back and watch them because they are going to help you to really master the pen tool. And you're going to be able to create any shape that you want in Illustrator using the pen tool. So now I'm just going to finish up the shape by clicking back here. And we're going to the same that we did before to cut off the excess areas. So I'm going to use this selection tool and I have to select this shape and also this other shape. And now I have to select the Shape Builder tool. So I'm going to select it. And I'm just going to click here on this shape, like so. And if I go to my different layers, you will see that I have this shape that is the excess area that we have. So we don't need this one. I'm just going to grab it and drop it into the trashcan to the limit. Okay. Now we can create these other part and we can do it also using the Ellipse tool or the pencil and scenes in the previous lessons, we used the different shapes to create our character. This time I'm going to try to use the pencil more often. So I'm going to create this shape using the pen tool. And it's going to be very easy. So I'm just going to click here, click and drag like this. And I'm going to click and drag over here like that. And I'm going to break the connection of this handle. And I'm going to continue the shape all the way to the other side. Like so. And we're going to do the same that we did before. We're going to use the Shape Builder Tool to cut off excess of the shape. So I have to select this shape that we want to cut off the excess off. And we have to select this other shape as well, which is going to cut off these x's. So once these two shapes are selected, I'm going to switch back to the shape builder tool. And I'm going to click here. So now we have these new shape created. I'm going to select the Selection Tool, and I'm going to delete these new shapes that we have here. So I'm just going to click and drag it into the trashcan. Like so. And now we have to make these letters. So I'm going to use the pen tool again. I'm going to click and drag like this. And I'm going to create these really simple shapes that we have here, creating these letters. And it doesn't really have to be exactly the same as our reference image. We can make it a little bit different if we want to. So don't worry if it doesn't look exactly the same. And I'm just going to continue this path all the way to the starting point. Like so. And now I'm going to use again the selection tool. And I'm going to select this shape because we also have to cut off this excess area that we have here. And I'm going to select these other shape here, this one. And I'm going to use the shape builder tool. And I'm going to click here. And I have to come back over here, select these new layer at the very top. And I'm going to delete it by dragging it into the trash can icon. Like so. Now if I select these new shape that we have here, you can see that this shape is going all the way over these other shapes that we have our here. So if we want, we can also cut off this excess area by selecting the shape and also this other one. And using the shape builder tool and clicking here. And we have to select these new shape at the very top. And we have to drag it to the trashcan icon to delete it. And now all I have to do is create the bottom bread. And for that I'm going to use the rectangle tool because it's going to be easier. And I'm going to click and drag like this. And we're going to use the same technique that we used in the previous lessons. So I'm going to use the direct selection tool. I'm going to grab the circle on this corner and also this other circle. And I'm going to click and drag on that circle to round these corners, like so. And now I can use the direct selection tool. Select these anchor point, and also this one. And I'm going to use the arrow keys on my keyboard to move these ones down. Like so. And now I'm going to cut off the excess area that we have here. So I'm going to use the selection tool, the one with the black arrow. I'm going to select the shape and also the shape, the letters. And I'm going to use the shape builder tool. And I'm going to click only on the area at the very bottom, like so. And I'm going to select the shape at the very top of the layer hierarchy. And I'm going to delete it because we don't need that shape. Like so. I'm going to deselect everything. And now if I turn off the view for all of these different shapes and I turned them all one by one. You can see that now we have all of the different elements that we need to create these little burger. You can see that. And as you can see, now we have all of the elements that create these burger ready. So I'm just going to turn on the view for all of these different shapes. So I'm going to click here and drag to turn on the view for all of these elements. And I'm going to collapse this layer. I'm going to zoom out a little bit. So you can see that now the burger Israeli, I'm just going to lock this layer. And now we have completed the first part of our illustration. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the following lesson. 45. Making a cute Kawaii illustration: Outlining the meat character: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to continue creating the acute Kuwait illustration using Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. Okay, so this is where we left in our previous lesson. And as you remember, we've finished creating the hamburger. And now we're going to create the ham. And this one is going to be very easy. So the first thing that I have to do is create a new layer. So I'm going to click here and I'm going to rename these to him. And now I'm going to get closer to this ham. And I'm going to start making these little ham. And you can see that we have to use the Ellipse tool because this is made with very simple shapes. And I'm going to start by creating these one here at the center. And with the Ellipse Tool selected, I'm going to press and hold the Alt key on my keyboard. And I'm going to click and drag. So these leaves is being created from the center out like this. And now I'm going to move it into place. I'm going to get closer so I can move it. I'm just going to scale it out just a little bit. And I'm going to move it down just a little bit. Like so. Okay, so now that we have these leaves, I'm going to make a copy of this one because we need another one over here. So I'm going to select it using the selection tool. And I'm going to make a copy by using the command Control C, Control Shift V. And now with these new copy, I'm going to make it a little bigger. So I'm going to grab it from this handle, but I'm going to press and hold both the Alt key and the Shift key on my keyboard. And I'm going to click and drag until this is the size that I need it. Now I'm going to make another copy of this one. So I'm going to go Control C, Control V. And I'm going to use the direct selection tool, the one with the white arrow, because I want to select this anchor point here on the left. So I'm going to click here. And with this anchor points selected, I'm going to use the arrow keys on my keyboard to move this anchor point to the left. Like so. And now all I have to do is make these anchor points bigger. So I'm going to click and drag until it is the size that I need it, like so. And I'm going to do the same with these other one. So I'm going to click and drag it down. Like so. I'm going to deselect everything. And as you can see, now we have this other part of the ham. Now I'm going to make the eyes and the mouth. And we can do it by using the Ellipse Tool. Or we can make a copy of the ones that we have over here already. And I'm going to do that because when you can save time, it's much better to save time. So I'm going to unlock this layer. So I can come over here and I can select all of these three objects. I'm going to make a copy of these objects. So I'm going to go Control C, Control V. I'm going to open up this layer and also these other one. So you can see that these are the near copies that we made. But I want to have these capillaries inside of these other layer. So I'm just going to click and grab him to these other layer. And now if I turn off the view for these burger layer, you can see that these are going to still visible because they are now inside of the layer for the ham. If I turn off the view for the ham, you can see that now they turn on enough. Okay, so I'm going to turn back on the layer for the burger. And I'm going to lag because we don't want to modify it by accident. Now, I'm going to come back over here. I'm going to select all of these shapes. And I'm going to move him to the side. I'm going to get closer. I'm going to scale these down. And I'm pressing and holding the Shift key on my keyboard. And now I'm going to select these semicircle. And I'm going to click and drag to make it a little larger. And I'm going to scale it down a little bit like so. And I'm just going to make it fit with these new mouth that we have to make. I'm going to shrink it down just a little bit, like so. And now I have to make the eyes. So I'm just going to select them both. And I'm going to move them down a little bit. Maybe not so much. I'm just going to move this into place. Like so. I'm going to delete this one. And I'm going to scale this out just a little bit like so. And I'm going to click here to turn it into a field. Instead of a stroke. I'm going to make sure that the C is the correct size. Okay? Now I can select the circle. And I can make a copy. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And I can use the arrow keys on my keyboard to move it to the left. Going to get closer. I'm going to move it a little bit more. Like so. Okay. So this is almost complete. And all we have to do is to make these bone here on the back. And this is going to be really easy. We're going to use two different circles and a rectangle. So I'm going to start with the rectangle. I'm just going to click and drag. Like so. I'm going to click here. So we have a stroke again instead of a field. And now I'm going to move it to the right, just a little bit. Like so. And I'm going to create two circles. So I'm going to use the Ellipse tool, and I'm going to create a new circle starting from the center of the circle. And I'm going to press and hold both the Shift key and the Alt key on my keyboard while I click and drag. So I'm pressing and holding the Alt and Shift key on my keyboard. And I'm going to click and drag like so. I'm going to move it just a little bit to the left, like so. And I'm going to select it and I'm going to make a copy. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to move it down like so. And now I'm going to select them both. And I'm going to make sure that these are centered with these rectangle. So I'm going to move him up and down until I see these intersect line, the purple line, I'm going to release there. That means that they are now centered. And now I can use the selection tool and I can select all of these three different shapes. So I'm going to select them all like that. And now I'm going to use the shape builder tool. And I'm going to click and drag, making sure that all of the parts of these different shapes are highlighted. I'm going to release. And as you can see, I missed this little area here, but that is not a problem. I can use the selection tool. I can select all of these different shapes. And I can use again, the shape builder tool. Make sure that I go over both of these two areas. And now they are one single piece. Okay? I can also select the shape and also this other one. And I can use the shape builder tool and click over here. So we get rid of these little excess that we have here. So I'm going to click here. And now we have a new shape. So I'm going to come over here. I'm going to select the shape at the very top, which is the access that we had here. And since we don't need it anymore, I'm just going to delete it. So I'm going to click on the little trash icon here to delete that shape that we don't need. And as you can see it now, these Ham is complete. I'm going to zoom out. And I'm going to collapse this layer. And I'm going to lock it. And as you can see, now, the haem is complete. And that's all for this lesson. I hope that you liked it. And I will see you in the following lesson. 46. Making a cute Kawaii illustration: Outlining the ice-cream cat: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to continue creating our cured Kuwait illustration using Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. All right, so this is where we left in our previous lesson. And as you remember, we finished creating the hamburger and also the ham. And now all we have to do is to make these cat. So I'm going to start by creating a new layer. So I'm going to click here to create a new layer. And I'm going to rename these to ice cream cat. And I'm going to get, and as you can see, these cat seems to be a little bit harder to do than these other elements that we made before, because it is made of shapes that are a little bit more complex. Now, even though this looks like it is going to be harder to make, it is actually not going to be harder to make because we're going to make only half of these cat. So we're going to make the right half of the cat. And when we have that finished, we're going to make a copy and duplicate that and mirror it on this other side. So that way we're going to have the hard cat, but we're going to make only half of it. So it is actually going to be very easy to make. Now, to make this easier, I'm going to go to View and I'm going to go all the way down to rulers. I'm going to select Show rulers. You can see the shortcut here. So I'm going to click here. And now you can see the rulers on the top area and on this side area of our canvas. Now with these rulers over here, I'm going to click and drag on these ruler. And remember in this way we can bring our guides. So I'm going to release it right here. I'm going to make sure that this is at the exact center of the mouth. I'm going to get closer. And as you can see, this is at the center. So it is okay. And now I'm going to go to my layers. I'm going to open up this layer. And I'm going to lock these guide because I don't want to modify it by accident. But make sure that you only luck the guide and not the whole layer. So the whole layer is unlocked, but these guide is locked. Now, once we have these guide, we can use the pen tool and we can start creating the profile of the head of the scat. So I'm going to start over here at the very center. And I'm going to use this guide as a reference to know where the center is. So I'm going to click and drag. And I'm going to make sure that I press and hold the Shift key. So this handle is leveled, like so. And then I'm going to click and drag on these corner here. I'm just going to click and drag. And remember, we can break the connection of these handles if I press the Alt key on my keyboard. So I'm going to do that. I'm going to press and hold the Alt key on my keyboard. And I'm going to move this handle to this other side. You can see that now the connection of the handles is broken. I'm going to move it like so. And then I'm going to continue creating the ear. And again, I'm going to press and hold the Alt key to break this handle. And I'm going to bring it this way. And I'm going to continue creating the profile of the head of these cat using the same technique. And to finish, I'm going to go all the way to the end. I'm going to click and drag. To finish creating this path. Now, I'm going to press the Escape key on my keyboard because these bath is complete. But as you can see, these path is non-visible. And the reason for that is because if we come hour here, you can see that both the field and the stroke are set to none. And we're going to fix that. So I'm going to select the stroke option and I'm going to double-click on it. And I'm going to make sure that I select a color. So in this case I'm going to use black. And I'm going to click, Okay. And I'm going to select it. And I'm going to increase the stroke thickness like so. And I'm going to deselect it. As you can see now, we have the first half of the head and now we can create the arm. So I'm going to use again the pen tool. And I'm going to start here. I'm going to click and drag. And I'm just going to make a similar shape to the one that we have in our reference image. Again, remember in this course, we have a few lessons where I teach you how to use and master the pen tool. So if you are having trouble using the pen tool, make sure you go back and watch those lessons. So I'm going to finish here at the center. I'm going to make sure that I press and hold. The Shift key. So these last anchor point that connects to the center is leveled. And I'm going to release. And then I'm going to press the Escape key on my keyboard because we have finished these other path. And I'm going to create the cone. So I'm going to start here at the center. I'm going to click and drag. And again, make sure that you press and hold the Shift key. So these handles are leveled. And then I'm going to continue creating these cone like so. And I'm going to press the Escape key on my keyboard because we have finished creating these path. And as you can see, now we have the profile complete. I'm just going to get closer to the face. And I'm going to use the pen tool again. And this time I'm going to reduce the stroke thickness. And I'm going to click here at the center. And this time I'm going to make a shape like this. I'm going to deselect it. And now I can create the other part of the mouth. So I'm going to use again the pen tool. I'm going to click and drag at the center. Make sure you press and hold the Shift key on your keyboard. So these handles are leveled. I'm going to continue up here. I'm going to undo that because I don't like it. And I'm going to click here and drag. And I'm going to finish over here. And I'm going to deselect this. And remember, we're going to make only the right side of these character. So we're not worried about any of these areas for now. And now I'm going to use the Ellipse tool to create the eyes. So I'm going to click and drag while pressing and holding the ALT key and the Shift key on my keyboard. So these Hugo's starts from the center out. And I'm going to click here. So this becomes a feel. I'm going to select it and scale it out just a little bit. Like so. And I'm going to make a copy of this one. So I'm going to go Control C, Control V. I'm going to move it over here. I'm going to scale it like that. And I'm going to scale it down. So it feeds with our reference image, like so. Okay, now let's create the ear. I'm going to use again the pencil. And I'm going to create these ear. Now, it is going to be easy. So I'm just going to click here. Once. I'm going to come all the way over here, I'm going to click and drag. And then I'm going to break the connection, the handle. So I'm going to press and hold the Alt key. And I'm going to break this one. I'm going to continue down here. I'm just going to click and drag. I'm going to press and hold the Alt key to break this handle. I'm going to bring it this way. And I'm going to switch the stroke for now so we can see behind these shape. And I'm going to continue making the shape very quickly. You can see that this is actually very easy to do, especially if you know how to use the pen tool. And I'm going to finish right here where we started. Perfect. Now I'm just going to select this shape. And I'm going to click here. So this one becomes a feel instead of a stroke. And I'm going to zoom out. And as you can see, we have completed making these first half of the cat. So now that I have the first half of the cat complete, I'm going to use the selection tool, the one with the black arrow. I'm going to select all of these different shapes. I'm going to make a copy of these shapes. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to move them to the left using the arrow keys on my keyboard. And now I'm going to right-click on this shapes. I'm going to go to transform. And I'm going to use the Reflect option. So I'm going to click here. I'm going to make sure that the Privy option is on so I can see how it's going to look. And since this is the way that I want it, I'm just going to click Okay? Now, if you have turn on the horizontal axis, this is going to look like this. All you have to do is turn on the vertical axis. And also if you have a different angle, this is going to look rotated. So all you have to do is make sure that this is set to 90 degrees. And now I'm just going to click, Okay, perfect. So now all they have to do is bring back all of these shapes to the center. And I'm going to get closer here because we have to be very careful. We have to make sure that all of these different shapes connect at the center. So I'm going to get closer here. And I'm going to get this shape of very close to these other ones. Like so. I'm just going to make sure that this is at the exact same place as the other one. Okay? That seems to work. And now all we have to do is to unite these different shapes. So you can see that now this is one shape. This half of the face is one shape, and these other half of the face is a shape. So I'm going to select this shape and also these one. At the same time. I'm going to right-click right here. And I'm going to select the join option, like so. And now I'm going to deselect the shape. And if I click on this area here, you can see that now the whole shape gets selected. Because now this is only one shape. I'm going to do the same with the arms. So I'm going to select this one. And this one, I'm going to right-click on it. And I'm going to select join. And now this is one single shape. You can see if I select this side, it is going to select the whole shape. So we have to do the same with the cone. I'm going to select this side and the side. And I have to do is right-click on it. And I have to select the join option. And we have to make sure that the mouth is also one single shape. So I'm going to select both of these shapes. I'm going to right-click and I'm going to select join. So now this is only one shape. And we have to lose same with the shape and these other shape. So once I have them selected, I'm going to right-click and I'm going to select join. So now this becomes one single shape. Now I'm going to zoom out. And all they have to do now is create these different lines for the cone because we have completed the rest of these character. And I'm good to use the pen tool again. I'm going to get closer here and I'm going to start creating these lines. As you can see, these are very simple lines. So I'm just going to click and drag using the pen tool. And I'm going to click and drag here to finish this line. Okay, I'm going to use the selection tool, make sure these line is selected. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to click here. So this is going to copy the thickness of the stroke. Perfect. And now I'm going to go back to the pen tool. And I'm going to create these other line. So all they have to do is click and drag. And that one is created. I'm going to press the Escape key on my keyboard to finish editing these line. I'm going to continue with this other one. Click and drag. Finish it here, click and drag. Like so. I'm going to press the Escape key. And again, click and drag here to create this other line. Finish it right here. Just click and drag and press the Escape key to finish editing these line. Okay? Now I'm going to do the same with these other lines. So I'm just going to click and drag here. And finish it right here. I'm going to press the escape key. Click and drag. Finish it here, click and drag. Press the Escape key. And I'm going to continue with this one. Click and drag, and click and drag. And I'm going to press the Escape key on my keyboard. And I'm going to zoom out. And I'm going to deselect everything. And I'm going to turn off the guide. And as you can see, now, these cat is complete. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the following lesson. 47. Making a cute Kawaii illustration: Coloring the hamburger and meat characters: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to continue creating our acute Kuwait illustration using Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. All right, so this is where we left in our previous lesson. And as you can see, now we have all of the elements that we need for our illustration, except for the text, of course. But all of these different elements are complete. I'm going to collapse this layer. I'm going to lock it for now. And I'm going to get closer here today hamburger because we're going to start working with the colors for these hamburger. Now before doing anything, I'm going to turn off their rulers. So I'm going to go to view. Then I'm going to go to rulers. And I'm going to click on Hide Rulers. Or I can use the command, command R. So I'm going to click here. Okay. Now, I'm going to turn off the view for all of these layers, except for the one for our reference. And I went to see the true colors of these reference image. So I'm going to double-click here on the empty area to the right of the name of this layer to bring up the layer options. And now I'm going to turn off the template option. And I'm going to click Okay. So now we can see their true colors of our illustration. And I'm going to select this image, the reference image. And I'm going to use the arrow keys on my keyboard to move these to the side. Like so. I'm going to lock this layer and I'm going to turn on the visibility for the burger layer. And I'm going to zoom in. And I'm going to start adding the colors that we need for these different shapes. So I'm going to use the selection tool, the one with the black arrow. And before doing anything, I have to unlock this layer so I can edit it. And now I can use the selection tool, select all of these different elements. And I can use the Eyedropper tool. And I can click here to copy the color for these different shapes. Now I'm going to select the mouth, and I'm going to click here because I want these to be a stroke, not a field. And I'm going to increase the size to about two, like so. Now I'm going to select these other shape, and I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. Now, remember the shortcut for the eyedropper tool. It is the letter I on your keyboard. So from now on, I'm going to use the shortcut. I'm going to press a to bring the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to click here to copy these color. And I'm going to select these next shape. You can see that I selected the yellow one by accident. So it doesn't matter. I'm just going to click AI to bring the Azure portal. And I'm going to click here to copy this color. And I'm going to select again the selection tool. And this time I'm going to select these other shape. I'm going to press a to bring back the Azure portal. And I'm going to click here, and I'm going to select this other shape, the one for the letters. I'm going to bring the eyedropper tool. Click here to copy the color. I'm going to bring back the selection tool, select these other shapes. Bring back the eyedropper tool. Select this color. And again, I'm going to select the Selection Tool. I'm going to select this shape here. And I'm going to copy these other color with the eyedropper tool. Now you can see that we are missing the stroke on all of these different shapes. And that's not going to be a problem, or they have to do is select these shapes. So I'm going to start with this one. And I'm going to come over here and I'm going to double-click on the Stroke option. And this way I can select the color for our stroke, like so. But as you can see, the color that I have to use is the color for the eyes. So I'm going to select these, I, and I'm going to double-click here. And I'm going to copy this code, which is the code for the color. So I'm going to make sure that this is selected. And I'm going to copy this code. I'm going to press OK. And now I'm going to select these other shape. And I'm going to select this stroke. I'm going to double-click on it. And I'm going to paste the code that we copied in here. So I'm going to base it here. And I'm going to click, Okay. And if I deselect it, you can see that now the stroke is the exact same color as the eyes. I'm going to select this shape again. And I'm going to make the stroke a little thicker. Maybe two. Okay, two is going to work. And I'm going to do the same with these other shapes. So I'm going to select this shape. I'm going to double-click here on this stroke option. And I'm going to paste the code. And I'm going to click Okay. And I'm going to do the same with the rest of the shapes. Like so. So I'm going to select this other one. I'm going to double-click here. And I'm going to paste the code. I'm going to press OK. Same for this one. Double-click here, based the code. Press OK. And for this one as well, selected double-click on the Stroke option. Paste the code here, and press. Okay. I'll write. And all they have to do now is change the size for this stroke for all of these shapes. So I'm going to select this one. I'm going to set it to two. Also these one cell into two. And I'm going to do the same for the rest of these different shapes. Like so. And as you can see, now, our burger is complete. So now I'm going to lock this layer because this one is complete. And I'm going to turn off the view so we don't get confused. And I'm going to turn back on the one for the ham, like so. And I'm going to the same that we did before. I'm just going to get closer and I'm going to start with the bone. So I'm going to select this bone. But first I have to unlock this layer so I can edit it. I'm going to hide this one. And I'm going to select these bone. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. Remember the shortcut I on your keyboard? And I'm going to click here to copy this color. I'm going to press V to bring the selection tool. I'm going to select this shape. I'm going to use the eyedropper tool, copy this color. And I'm going to open up this layer. And I'm going to move this shape at the very bottom, like so. And now I can select the rest of the shapes. So I'm going to use the selection tool. Select the shape, use the eyedropper tool. Select these color. And I also have to move this one to the bottom. Like so. And now I can use the selection tool again. Select this shape, use the eyedropper tool, and select these color like so. And now I can use the selection tool, select these two shapes. Use the eyedropper tool. Copy this color. And for the mouth. I'm also going to select it. So I'm going to select it and I'm going to copy this color. But remember this has to be a stroke, not a feel. So I'm going to click here to make it a stroke. And I'm going to increase the thickness. Maybe two. That's going to work. And now I'm going to select this shape. I'm going to double-click on the Stroke option. And I'm going to paste the color code that we copied before. And I'm going to click, Okay, I'm going to increase the stroke size to two. And I'm going to do the same with this other shape selected. Double-click on the Stroke option based the color code. Click Okay, and increase the stroke size. And I'm going to do the same with this one. Selected. Double-click on the Stroke option based the color code. Click Okay, and increase the stroke size. And I'm going to do the same for the bone. So I'm going to select it. There. We'll click on the Stroke option based the color code. Click OK and increase the stroke size. So as you can see now, this one is also complete. So if I turn off the reference image and I turned back on the burger layer, you can see that now these two different elements are complete and they look really good. And that's all for this lesson. I hope that you liked it. And I will see you in the following lesson. 48. Making a cute Kawaii illustration: Coloring the ice-cream cat: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to continue creating the acute Kuwait illustration using Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. Okay, so this is where we left in our previous lesson. And I'm going to lock the hand layer. And I'm going to turn off their view for these two layers. And I'm going to turn back on the view for the reference image and also for the ice cream cap layer. And I'm going to unlock this layer for the cat. Because I want Gabi, these different colors. So I'm going to do it the same way that we did it before. So I'm going to use the selection tool first. I'm going to select the shape that I want to change the color to. In this case, I'm going to start with the ears. So I'm going to select these one and also this one because they have to be the same color. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. Now to make it easier to see. I'm going to unlock the reference image. And I'm going to move it to the side because right now it is overlapping with our cat. Okay? Now it is going to be much easier to do it. So again, I'm going to select these different parts of my cat, but I'm going to lock this layer first. So I don't select it by accident. And now I'm going to select the ear and also this one. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to copy these color. And again, I'm going to use the selection tool. Remember the shortcut for the selection tool is the letter V on your keyboard. And I'm going to select the eyes. And I'm going to copy this color. Again. I'm going to use the selection tool. Select these shapes. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool to copy this color. So I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to select both of these different strokes. I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to copy this color, which is the same as the one for the eyes. So I'm going to click here. It's going to be easier. And now I'm going to click here to convert this back into a stroke. And I'm just going to increase the size for the stroke. Two is going to work. I'm going to deselect it. And now I'm going to do the same with the cone. So I'm going to select the cone. I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to click here to copy these color. But I'm going to add a stroke. So I'm going to double-click here. And I'm going to use a brown color. I'm going to click Okay. I'm going to increase the stroke thickness. And I'm going to zoom in. And for this one, I'm going to use the pen tool because I'm going to add it this shape because you can't see that we're missing these parts. So I'm going to click here. And I'm going to continue this shape like this. And I'm going to close it right here, like so. And I have to move this shape at the very bottom of the layer hierarchy. Like so. Now, this is going to be covered by the head. So don't worry about this one for now. And I'm just going to make sure that I have the same color as the one that we have here. So I'm going to make a quick circle here like that. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to copy this color. And once that I have this selected, I'm going to double-click here on the fill option. And I'm going to copy these color code. So I'm going to go Control C. I'm going to click Okay. And now I'm going to select the shape for the cone. I'm going to double-click on the Stroke option. And now I can paste the color code that we copied before. So I'm going to paste it here, and I'm going to click Okay. And as you can see now we have the same color that we have are here. Now at this moment, it looks different. But the reason for that is because we have yellow here on these lines and we have black here. So that's why it looks a little different, but it is the same color. So I'm going to select all of these lines that we have here. I'm going to make sure that all of them are selected. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to cap it these color for these lines. So I'm going to click here. I'm going to click here. So they become a stroke again. And I'm going to increase their thickness. I'm going to use four. And I'm going to make sure that these ones are at the very bottom. Like so. Perfect. Now I'm going to make a copy of this one. So I'm going to make a copy of the cone. I'm going to select it and I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to move it on top of all of these different lines. Like so. And for this one, for this copy, I'm going to get rid of the fill. So I'm going to select the fill. I'm going to set it to none. So you can see that now the stroke is on top of these lines. And all I have to do now is select these anchor point here using the direct selection tool. And I'm going to delete it using the delete key on my keyboard like that. Now at this moment, we don't see the change because we have this other shape here. But you can see if I turn it off, now we have only these stroke of the cone. And here we have defile. Now again, this part is going to be covered by the color that we're going to apply to the head of this cat. So we're going to do that right now. And I'm going to select this shape and also the one for the hand. And now I'm going to make a copy of these ones. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. I'm going to move them to the top. And to make it easier, I'm going to turn off the view for all of these different shapes like so, including this one. And I'm going to merge these shapes together. So I'm going to use the shape builder tool. And I'm going to click here at the center. And as you can see now we have two shapes that we don't need, so I'm going to delete those. And now we have this shape for our cat. I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to make sure that DC selected. I'm going to click here. So this becomes a field. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to copy this color. I'm going to deselect it. So now we can see that we have the color for the head. I'm going to turn back on the visibility for all of these different shapes. And I'm going to move these new shape that we created to the bottom. Like so. So if I turn this off, let me select it. If I turn it off, you can see that we still have these line and these fail over here for the cone. But if I turn it on, you can see that that is going to be covered by the shape that we created. And now I have to do the same for the mouth. So I'm going to select these different shapes for the mouth. I'm going to duplicate them. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. I'm going to move on to the top. And I'm going to turn off the visibility for the rest of these different shapes. That way it's going to be easier to work. And now I'm going to use the shape builder tool. And I'm going to click here at the center. So now we have our new shape. And I'm going to select these two shapes that we have at the top. And I'm going to delete them because we don't need them anymore. And I'm going to use the selection tool, make sure that this shape is selected. And I'm going to copy these color using the eyedropper tool. So I'm going to click here. And now we have the interior of the mouth. And I can turn on the B similarly for all of my layers like that. And they can move these to the bottom, like so. So you can see that this is almost complete. And now only have to do is to change the color for the profile of the head. So I'm going to select this shape. I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. I'm going to copy it this color. And I'm going to click here to change it back into a stroke. And I'm going to increase the thickness to four. And I'm going to do the same with the arms. I'm going to select these. I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to copy this color. And I'm going to deselect it. And I'm going to delete these shape because we don't need it anymore. And as you can see, now we have finished creating our ice cream cat. Now, I'm just going to collapse this layer. I'm going to lock it. And I'm going to turn back on the visibility for these other layers. And I'm going to unlock the reference image. I'm going to select it and I'm going to move it back into place. Like so. And I'm going to lock it again because I want to create these texts. So I'm going to use the type tool and I'm going to create a new layer for these texts. I'm going to click here, and I'm going to type my text. I'm going to select it all. And I'm going to change the font. Now. I'm going to use this font. Hello kids, bold. But if you don't have it, you can use the font that you want. I'm just going to increase the size. And I'm going to align it to the center. And I'm going to continue increasing the size for these font. Like so. I'm going to move it a little bit. And I'm going to move it up because I want to copy these color. So I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to click here. And now we have the same color. And I'm going to move it down again. And now I can turn off the reference image. And as you can see, we have completed creating our cute Hawaii illustration in Adobe Illustrator. And as you saw, it was actually very easy to make it. All right, so that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the following lesson. 49. Making a logo in Adobe Illustrator: Oulining the main shapes: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to create a logo in Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, I have a new document open and you can create a document of any size. The size for this project doesn't really matter. Now, I'm going to go to my Finder. And inside of these sexual eight folder, within my resources folder of these cores, you can see that I have an image, and this image is a sketch of the logo that we are going to be making in Illustrator. So I'm going to grab this image. I'm just going to click and drag. And I'm going to switch back to Illustrator. And I'm going to drop it here. I'm going to zoom out a little bit. And I'm going to scale this down. Now. I'm going to make sure that I press and hold the Shift key on my keyboard. So these scales proportionally, and I'm going to scale it also from this other side. Like so. I'm going to get closer here. And I'm going to move it down a little bit so it is centered. Okay? Now I'm going to lock this layer and I can also turn down the opacity. But since we're working with a drawing, the capacity is already low. I'm going to keep the opacity the way it is. And I'm just going to lock this layer and I'm going to create a new layer. And in this layer, I'm going to make this pillar that we have here. So I'm going to name it below. And this one is going to be our reference image. So I'm just going to name it reference. Okay? Now I'm going to select the layer for our pillar. And I'm going to get closer here. And I want to create a guide. So I'm going to go to View, I'm going to go to rulers. And I'm going to select Show rulers. You can see the shortcut here. So I'm going to click here. So now we get our rulers. And remember, if I click and drag on a ruler, I can create a guide. So I'm just going to click and drag. And I'm going to create the guide, making sure that lease is at the center of the tie that I have here in the drawing. Because as you can see, this is asymmetrical shape. And that means that we can make only half of the shape and then we can mirror it to the other side. And that's what we're going to do because when you can save time, make sure you save time. And now I don't need these rulers anymore. So I'm going to go back to View. I'm going to go back again to rulers. And I'm going to click on Hide Rulers. Like so. Now I'm going to open up this layer and I'm going to lock these guide because I don't want to modify it. So right now I cannot edit it anymore. And now I'm going to continue. But make sure that you lock only the guide and not the whole layer because we still want to modify these layer because this is where we're going to create our pillar. Now, I'm going to start by using the rectangle tool. I'm going to click here. And I'm going to create a new rectangle for this shape. I'm going to make sure that I'm using this guide. So this rectangle starts at the very center. I'm going to click and drag like so. And I'm going to go to these objects. I'm going to select the stroke option. I'm going to double-click on it. And I'm going to select black. I'm going to click Okay. And I'm going to increase the stroke size to 1, like so. Now I'm going to make this other part of the tie. So I'm going to click and drag like this. And as you can see, I'm leaving additional space here because I'm going to cut these excess areas. And now I'm going to use the pen tool for the other part. So I'm going to select it and I'm going to zoom in. I'm going to click here at the center. I'm going to go to the right and I'm going to press and hold shift. So we create a horizontal line. And I'm going to click here again. I'm going to zoom out. I'm going to click over here. I'm going to zoom back in. And I'm going to click at the very bottom where that ends, like so. And I'm going to go back. And I'm going to close this path where we started, like so. Okay. Now I'm going to create a new shape, which I'm going to use to cut off this excess area. So now I can use the selection tool. I can select this shape and also this other one. And now I can use the shape builder tool. And I'm going to press and hold the Alt key. And I'm going to click on the areas that I want to delete like so and I'm going to release. So now we have this shape that is the shape that we want. And I'm going to do the same with these other shape. So I'm going to use again the pen tool. I'm going to click here. And I'm going to go down here and I'm going to complete creating the shape. And now I'm going to use the selection tool, click and drag to select both of these shapes. And I'm going to use the shape builder tool. And I'm going to press and hold the Alt key so we get the minus sign. And I'm going to click and drag and select the areas that we want to delete. And I'm going to release. Now, you can skip all of these different steps that I did here by using the Pen Tool and just creating this shape directly with the pen tool. So I just wanted to do it in two different ways. So you can see that we can achieve the same result using different techniques. Okay? So now we have half of these tie and all we have to do is mirror it to the other side. But I'm going to make these other shapes before doing that because I want to mirror everything at the same time. Now, I'm going to continue with this other shape here, which is some kind of spiral. And I'm going to start here at the center. So I'm going to click and drag like so. And I'm going to make sure that I am at the center of these line. And I'm going to come over here. I'm going to click and drag. But I'm going to make sure that I press and hold the Shift key. So these two different anchor points are leveled. So I'm going to press and hold the Shift key, click and drag, like so. And I'm going to come to these other side. I'm going to click and drag. Also pressing the Shift key, like so. I'm going to come down here. I'm going to click and drag. Like that. I'm going to come to this other side, click and drag. Pressing the shift key on my keyboard. Like so. I'm going to come all the way over here. I'm going to click and drag. So and I'm going to finish here. I'm going to click and drag like so. I'm going to press the Escape key on my keyboard. So I finish this path. And now I'm going to use the selection tool, deselect this and select it again so we can see the different options for these path. And I'm going to increase the thickness for the stroke. Like so. Okay, this looks better. And now I can use the direct selection tool to refine some of these anchor points if I want to modify them. So I'm going to select this one. And I'm going to make sure that this looks a little bit more rounded. I'm going to get closer here. And I'm going to make sure that this looks more rounded. I'm also going to modify these one just to make this a little bit more rounded. And I'm also going to modify this one. I'm going to move this anchor point a little bit. So we get a little bit more of a curve here. Okay? Now I'm going to go to the Stroke panel. And I'm going to apply a round cap. So I'm going to click here. Now we have these round cap. It looks better in my opinion. And don't worry about this other one here on the side. That's not going to be a problem. I'm going to zoom out and I'm going to see how this looks. I'm going to modify it a little bit more because I think we can make this better. I'm just going to move this point and this point to the right, just a little bit. Like so. Okay, I like it. Perfect. Now I'm going to use the pen tool again. And for this, I can make these manually or I can create a simple line by clicking here and clicking here again. And now I can use the width tool. So before that I'm going to press Escape. So we finish these bath. And now I can use the width tool. I'm going to get closer here. I'm going to click and drag, make this thinner on this end. And we can make this thicker on these other end. Like so. I think this one at the bottom has to be a little bit thicker. Like so. Okay. I'm going to deselect this. This looks now I'm going to select these three different shapes. And I'm going to click here so they become feels instead of strokes. And I'm going to deselect it. Now. I'm going to turn off the view for the reference image. So I can see this better. And as you can see, we did a really good job. Now, I'm going to turn off these guide. And I'm going to select all of these different shapes. And I'm going to make a copy of these. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to use the arrow keys on my keyboard to move this to the left. And now I'm going to right-click here. I'm going to go to transform and I'm going to use the Reflect option. So I'm going to click here. I'm going to turn on the Preview option. And everything looks okay. And just in case you have the horizontal axis turn on, this will look like that. So all you have to do is turn on the vertical axis. And if you have a different angle, make sure that this is set to 90 degrees. And now I'm going to click Okay. And I'm going to close this Stroke panel because we don't need anymore. Now I'm going to get closer here and I'm going to make sure that these are connected. So I'm going to get them until they touch each other like that. And now I can deselect everything. And I'm going to select this stroke. And also this one. You can see that they are different strokes. And I'm going to right-click on them. And I'm going to use the join option. So I'm going to click here and I'm going to deselect it. And as you can see, now, this is one single stroke. And I can even get rid of these anchor points that we have here at the center. And I can use the pen tool. And I can click here to deliberate. And you can see that there is another one, so I can click here again. So now this line looks even more straight. And I'm going to deselect everything again. And as you can see now this looks cleaner. Okay, perfect. I'm going to collapse these and I'm going to turn off the view for this one, and I'm going to turn back on the view for our reference image. I'm going to turn back on the wheel for this one to see how this looks. Okay, I like it. And now all we have to do is create the text. But we're going to do that in the following lesson. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the next lesson. 50. Making a logo in Adobe Illustrator: Adding text and color: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to continue creating our logo in Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. Okay, so this is where we left in our previous lesson. And now I'm going to create a new layer for the text. And I'm going to name it text. And of course I'm going to use the type tool. So I'm going to select it. And I'm going to click here at the center of the document. And I'm going to type the name for these fictitious company, which is Jackson and Jones. I'm going to select everything and I'm going to increase the size for these texts, like so. And I'm going to make sure that this is aligned to the center. And I'm going to change the font. Now for this one, I'm going to use a font that is called million variable concept. But if you're not have these fonts, you can use the font that you want. I'm just going to zoom out. And I'm going to deselect everything. And I'm going to increase the size for this text. And I'm going to move it down. I'm going to make sure that This is the correct size. And as you can see, I have to make all of these capital letters. So that's not going to be a problem. I'm just going to select the whole text. I'm going to go to the Character panel, and I'm going to click here. And now we have all of these as capital letters. I'm going to use this selection tool again. And I'm going to make sure that this is the correct size. And I'm going to select everything again. I'm going to go back to the Character panel. And I'm going to turn on actually these other options to make all of them capital letters, but all of them are going to be the same size. I'm going to click here like so. And I'm going to shrink this text down. Like so. As you can see now this looks better. Perfect. Now I'm going to make these other texts at the bottom. So I'm just going to make a copy of this one. I'm going to select it. And I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to move it down using the arrow keys on my keyboard. I'm going to use the type tool to modify these texts. I'm going to select it again. I'm going to reduce the size for DS1. This has to be smaller. And I'm going to change the font as well. So I'm going to click here. And for this one, I'm going to use the Avenir Font. Like so. I'm going to move it up. I'm going to get closer. And I'm going to make sure that lyses the correct size. And now all they have to do is to give it some space in between letters. So I'm going to select the whole text. I'm going to go to the Character panel. I'm going to move this up so I can see what I'm doing. And I'm going to increase the tracking. And I'm going to use for a 100. And I'm going to deselect it. Okay? I'm going to collapse this panel and I'm going to turn off the reference image. Perfect. I'm going to turn it back on. And now I'm going to make these shapes at the bottom. And these are going to be really easy to do. I'm just going to use the pen tool. I'm going to click here. I'm going to press and hold the Shift key. And I'm going to go to the right, and I'm going to click here. Then I'm going to go to this side. I'm going to click here. And I'm going to close it down here where we started. Like so. I'm going to zoom in and I'm going to select it. And I'm going to make a copy of these ones. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to move it down. And I'm going to mirror it. So I'm going to right-click on it. I'm going to go to transform and I'm going to select the reflect option. And this time I'm going to use the horizontal axis. And I'm going to click, Okay. Okay, I'm going to move it up. I'm going to get closer to make sure that this is where it has to be. I'm just going to make sure that they are touching like so. And now I can select both of these shapes, making sure that I don't select this text. So I can select these shapes like so. But you can see that I'm selecting the text. So I'm going to open up this layer. And I'm going to lock these texts so I cannot select it by accident also these one. And now I'm going to select these two shapes. I'm going to use the shape builder tool, and I'm going to click and drag. So both of these shapes are highlighted, and now they become one single shape. I'm going to deselect it. And I'm just going to select it again and I'm going to make a copy. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. I'm going to move it to the left. And I'm going to mirror it. So I'm going to right-click. I'm going to go to transform and I'm going to select the reflect option. And this time I'm going to use the vertical option. I'm going to click Okay. And I'm going to move it into place. Like so. I'm going to make sure that these are aligned. Like so. Perfect. I'm going to turn off the view for the reference image. And I think these are way too thick. So I'm going to select them both. And I'm going to make him a little bit thinner, like so. And I'm going to move them down just a little bit. Perfect. Now, all I have to do is to add some color to these different elements. And I'm going to start with the pillar. So I'm going to use the selection tool and I'm going to select all of these different elements that create the pillar. But before adding the color, I have to make sure that we're not going to modify these anymore by accident. And for that, I'm going to go to object and I'm going to select Expand Appearance. Now what this is going to do, I'm going to come back over here. I'm going to deselect everything. And as you can see, this is a stroke. And we can see that because if we come down here, you can see that the stroke option is the one that has the color. So this one is a stroke and not a shape. To convert these into a shape, we have to go to Object and we have to use the expand command. So if I click here and I click Okay, and I get closer, you can see that now this has become a shape. And now if I use the direct selection tool, I can come here and I can modify these different elements because now this is a shape. I'm going to undo that. And also if we come down here, now you can see that the field option is the one that has the black color. Now, this is a shape, as well as these other ones that we have here. And this other one is a stroke, not a shape. Now, I'm going to convert these into shapes as well. So I'm going to select them. And I'm going to go to object. And I'm going to select Expand Appearance, like so. Now these are shapes, but as you can see, this one is still a stroke. So I'm going to select it. And I'm going to go to object and I'm going to select Expand Appearance. And as you can see, now all of these are shapes. Now I'm going to zoom out and I'm going to select all of these different elements. And I'm going to change their color. For these ones, I'm going to use a great color like this one. Maybe a little bit lighter like this. Okay. And I'm going to select please text and also these lines. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. Remember the shortcut for this tool is the letter I on your keyboard. And I'm going to click here to copy that color. Okay? Now as you can see, this text didn't get selected because if you remember, we lacked it before. So I have to unlock it. I'm going to unlock both of them. I'm going to select it again. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool and copy this color. And now all I have to do is to add colors to these different letters. So I'm going to select the whole text. I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to copy this color like so. And now I'm going to select only a portion of these texts, which is going to be Jackson. And I'm going to double-click here to add a different color. So I'm going to add a blue color, a little bit desaturated. I'm going to click Okay, like so. Okay. And now I'm going to select Jones. I'm going to double-click here. And I'm going to make these a reddish color. But it is also going to be a little bit desaturated. Click Okay, and this selected, and I'm just going to make it a little bit more desaturated. And I'm going to click Okay. And I'm going to deselect everything. And as you can see, now, we have completed making our logo in Illustrator. And as you saw, it was actually very, very easy to do it. All right, so that's all for this lesson. I hope that you liked it and I will see you in the following lesson. 51. Making a flyer design in Adobe Illustrator: Creating the background: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to create a flyer design using Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, I have illustrator open and I'm going to start by creating a new document. So I'm going to click on the Create New button. Or I can go to file and select new. So I'm going to click here. And I'm going to go to the print tab. And I'm going to select the legal size. And I'm going to make sure that the orientation for this document is set to portrait. And I'm going to click on Create. So this is the document where we're going to make our flyer design. Now, this design is going to be for a fictitious restaurant to be more specific, is going to be for a burger restaurant. Now, since it is going to be for a restaurant, we have to use warm colors like reds, oranges, and yellows. So I'm going to start by creating the background for our flyer. And I'm going to rename this layer to background. As you can see, I used only the letters BEG, which means background. And I'm going to use the rectangle tool. And I'm going to create a rectangle that is going to cover the whole canvas. So I'm going to click and drag and make this rectangle cover the whole canvas. Now I'm going to go to the fill and stroke options. And I'm going to select the stroke and I'm going to set it to none because I don't want to have any strokes for this rectangle. Now, for the field option, I don't want to have just a plain color. I want to have a gradient. So I'm going to select the fill option. And I'm going to click on gradient. And I'm going to go to the gradient panel. You can see that it is going to pop up as soon as I create a gradient. But if you don't see these panel, you can go to window. And you can select it here. You can see if I click here, it is going to open up the spinal. Okay? So now from this panel, I'm going to select a radial gradient. And I'm going to change the colors for these gradient. So you can see that this is going to be the color on the center, and this is going to be the color for the outside of the gradient. So I'm going to modify first the one for the outside. So I'm going to double-click here on this circle. And I'm going to go to the swatches panel. And I'm going to select these orange color. And I'm going to double-click on this other circle to select the color for these other end of the gradient. And I'm going to select the same color, but I'm going to modify it a little bit. So I'm going to go to the color options. I'm going to click here, and I'm going to make it a little bit more yellow. So I'm going to slide this to the left. So this becomes a little bit more yellow. Maybe a little bit more like so. And I'm going to close these gradient panel because we don't need anymore. Now I like how this is looking. So I'm going to open up this layer and I'm going to lack the rectangle because I still want to work on the background, but I don't want to modify this rectangle. So I'm going to zoom out a little bit. And I'm going to use the pen tool to create some additional details for this background. So I'm going to use the pen tool. I'm going to click once here. I'm going to go up and I'm going to press and hold the Shift key on my keyboard. And I'm going to click here. I'm going to go to the right a little bit. I'm going to click here to create another anchor point. And I'm going to close this shape where we started on this anchor point here, like so. Okay, now I'm going to select it and I'm going to change the color for this one. I want to use a plain color, so I'm going to click here, and I'm going to use black for now. It's going to be easier to work that way. I'm going to collapse these one and I'm going to make a copy of this shape. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to rotate it 180 degrees, like so. And I'm going to move it down. I'm going to get closer here. And I'm going to make sure that these different shapes connect. Like so. I'm going to deselect them. So now we have these two shapes connected. I'm going to select them both. And I'm going to move them to the right just a little bit. And now I'm going to make a copy of these two shapes. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And with this shape selected, I'm going to rotate them 90 degrees. So, and I'm going to the same, I'm going to select all of these shapes. I'm going to duplicate them. So Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to rotate them this time, only 45 degrees. Like so. And now we have the first set of our shapes. Now I'm going to show you what I want to do with these shapes. So I'm going to select them all. And I'm going to group them together. So I'm going to go Command G. As you can see now we have a new group here. I'm going to get closer and I'm going to move him here like so. And I'm going to change the color for these ones. I'm going to use white or maybe not quite, maybe a bright yellow like that. And I'm going to click Okay. And now I'm going to go to the transparency panel. And I'm going to bring the opacity down, maybe 20 percent, like so. Now this looks better. And I'm going to make a copy of this group. So I'm going to grab it and I'm going to drag it to the Create New Layer button at the bottom of the Layers panel. And now we have a copy of this group. So I'm going to select the copy. The whole group. You can see I have selected the whole group and I'm going to rotate it a little bit. Like so. Now I'm going to get closer and I'm going to select this whole group. And I'm going to reduce the opacity for this one. I'm going to use about 5%. And for this one, I'm going to reduce it as well. I'm going to use maybe 10 percent, like so. And as you can see now, our background looks a little bit more interesting. And if you want to, we can make another copy of these groups. I'm going to select them both. And I'm going to drag him to the Create New Layer button. And now we have these new groups. I'm going to select them both. And I'm going to rotate them a little bit like so. And I can change the opacity for these ones just to give some variety. I can make these, let's say 7%. And these, let's say 20 percent, like so. And as you can see it now we have a much more interesting background, which is what we wanted. Okay? Perfect. I'm going to collapse these. And I'm going to lock it for now because now we have finished creating these background. We're going to edit it later on, but for now, this is complete. And that's all for this lesson. Thanks a lot for watching, and I will see you in the next lesson. 52. Making a flyer design in Adobe Illustrator: Adding pictures: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to continue creating our flyer design in Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. Okay, So as you can see, this is where we left in our previous lesson. And now what I'm going to do is to bring a picture of a hamburger. So I'm going to go to my Finder. And as you can see here, I have a picture of these hamburger and I have a few other pictures. And we're going to use this pictures for our design as well. So this is a logo that I made. And this other one is also the same logo, but it is only in white collar. So I'm going to preview this image. So you can see it is the same logo. And you can find these two different files in the sexual 09 folder within the Resources folder of these girls. Now with this image, I unfortunately cannot share it with you because this image doesn't belong to me. I didn't take so I do not have the right to share it with you or with anybody else. But what I can do is to show you how you can get images like these, both for free or paid images if you want to pay for them. So let me go to my web browser. And as you can see here, we have the shallowest step website. It is a very popular website for images. So here we can search for the picture that we want. In this case, we're going to look for a burger pictures. And you can see that here we have a lot of different options to choose from. Now, like I said before, these kind of websites are paid website. So if you want to have access to these pictures, you have to pay for them. Now, we also have a different option, which is forbidden from Envato. So let me search for a burger. And you can see that here we have also different options to select from. And of course, you have to pay for these images as well. And as far as I know, these website is less expensive than the other website that we just saw. So these may be a better option for you. And we also have other options like these one, which is called Envato elements, where you can pay a membership, so you pay a monthly fee and you have access to thousands of music, videos, graphics, and more. So we can search for a burger. And as you can see here, we have a lot of different options to choose from. And again, you also have to pay if you want to use these website. The only difference is that you pay a monthly fee. So if you are going to use a lot of external resources, this may be a better option for you. And now let's go to the last website that I have open here. This is called Clip Art. And in this website you're going to find different images for free. So let's search for the same term, burger. And as you can see here, we have a lot of different options to choose from. And you will have to pay for these images. The only thing that you have to do is to read carefully the kind of license that the picture that you want to download offers. So in my case, I'm going to use the speaker in particular. But you can use any picture that you want. So if you want to work with this image, all you have to do is click on it. And it's going to open this image on a different tab. And here you have to enter the size that you want this image to be. So in this case I'm going to type 1200 and I'm going to click on resize. And I have to wait for a few seconds. And then I can download this image. So I can click on Accept. And this image is going to be saved in my downloads folder. So let me go back to my Finder. And that's the way I got the picture. So as you can see, if I preview it, this is a PNG picture which has a transparent background. So this is going to be a big advantage because we're not going to have to clean this picture. So all I have to do now is click and drag this picture. Switch back to Adobe Illustrator. And I'm going to drop it here. And as you can see, it is actually a pretty big picture. So I'm going to reduce the size for this one. I'm going to make sure that I press and hold the Shift key. So these scales proportionally, and I'm going to scale it down even more like so. And I'm going to get closer here. So your cellular bit. And I'm going to move this up a little bit. Maybe not so much. I'm going to move it down just a little bit. Like so. And now I'm going to add some shadows for these Berger. And I'm going to do that by using the ellipse tool. And I'm going to open up this layer. And I'm going to create a new leaves. So I'm going to click and drag like this. And I'm going to make sure that the stroke is set to none. So I'm going to click here. And for the color, I'm going to use a reddish color. So I'm going to go to the reds and I'm going to use a red color, but a really dark red like that. And I'm going to move it down. So I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to move it down. And I'm going to blur this shape. So I'm going to go to effect. I'm going to select bluer, and I'm going to select Gaussian blur. I'm going to bring this window down here. And I'm going to turn on the preview for this effect. And I'm going to reduce it a little bit, maybe something around 55. And I'm going to click Okay. And now all I have to do is move this ellipse below our image. I'm going to zoom out. And I can also select this ellipse. I'm going to go to the transparency panel and I'm going to reduce the opacity a little bit. So it is not too strong. Maybe something around 55. And I'm going to deselect everything to see how this looks. So if I turn off these leaves, are these shadow, you can see that difference without the shadow. And with the shadow. I'm going to move it up just a little bit using the arrow keys on my keyboard. And as you can see now this looks better. I'm going to zoom back in and I'm going to rename these new layer. Now, I didn't create these layer by coming down here and creating it from these button. This layer was created automatically when we dropped the image of the burger because these other layer wise lot. So Illustrator created a new layer automatically. And I'm just going to rename it. I'm going to call it Berger. And I'm going to zoom out a little bit and it looks really good. So I'm going to lock it for now. And that's an easy way to implement pictures into our projects in Adobe Illustrator. And that's all for this lesson. I hope that you liked it and I will see you in the next lesson. 53. Making a flyer design in Adobe Illustrator: Adding text: Hello class and welcome back. In this lesson, we're going to continue creating our flyer design using Adobe Illustrator. So let's start. Okay, so this is where we left in our previous lesson. And now I'm going to create the title for this design. So I'm going to start by creating a new layer. And I'm going to name it Title. And now I'm going to use the type tool, of course, because this is going to be the title. I'm going to zoom in. And I'm going to click here once to create some new text. And I'm going to make sure that this is aligned to the center, like so. And I'm going to type Mike burgers. Like that. I'm going to select the whole text. And I'm going to change the font. So I'm going to click here. And for this, I'm going to use a font called blueberry. But if you don't have this font, you can use the font that you want. And I'm going to increase the size for this font, something like that. Maybe a little bit more. I'm going to increase this to 70 or even 80, like so. And I'm going to deselect it. And I'm going to select the text at the bottom. And I'm going to change the color for this one, I'm going to use green. So I'm going to double-click here. And I'm going to select a green color. A little bit the saturated and a little bit dark, like that. Maybe a little bit brighter. Like so. And I'm going to select the other texts. Mike. And I'm going to select a different color. For this one, I'm going to use a brown color, a little bit dark as well. Like so. Perfect. And I'm going to select the whole text. So I'm going to click and drag to select the whole text. I'm going to hide these Transparency panel. And I'm going to open up the character panel. And I'm going to modify the leading because I want to have less space in between these two lines of text. I'm going to reduce the space. Like so. Okay. And I'm going to deselect it. So this is going to be the title for our design. I'm going to select it again and I'm going to move it down a little bit more like that. And I'm going to click here on the Stroke option. I'm going to double-click there and I'm going to add a white stroke, like so. And I'm going to increase the stroke size. Now, as you can see, we have a problem here because now we cannot see our text. So I'm going to open up the stroke panel. And I'm going to change the stroke alignment. But as you can see, it isn't working. So what I'm going to do is make a copy of this text. So I'm going to click and drag it to the Create New Layer button. And I'm going to select these other texts that near one. And for this one, I'm going to turn off the Stroke option like that. So now we have a text without a stroke at the top and the text with the stroke at the bottom. I'm going to select the one for the stroke, the one at the bottom. And I'm going to make the stroke a little bit thicker, like so. And I'm going to zoom out to see how this looks. And I like it. I'm just going to unlock the layer for the burger. I'm going to select it and I'm going to move it up like so. And I think I can make it a little bigger and move it down like so. And I'm going to lock it again. And I'm also going to lock the layer for the title. And I'm going to create a new layer. This one is going to be called text. And I'm going to use the type tool again. And I'm going to start typing some new text here. So I'm going to click here, and I'm going to use the same font. Simply. I'm going to select this text. I'm going to double-click on the fill option to change the color. For this one, I'm going to use white. Let's see how this looks. And as you can see, this looks really good. Now, I'm going to make a copy of this text. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to move it down using the arrow keys on my keyboard. And I'm going to edit these new text. So I'm going to use the type tool and I'm going to edit it. I'm going to select it all. And I'm going to use the same color that we have for these texts. So for that, I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to make sure that this is selected. And I'm going to use the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to click here like that. And now I'm going to move it into place. I'm going to make this a little bigger just to see how this looks. Okay, I like it. And now I'm going to make a copy of this one. So I'm going to go Control C, Control Shift V. And I'm going to move it down. And I'm going to edit this text. And I'm going to move it up. We're going to get closer here. And I'm going to move it to the left a little bit. So these letter b is not behind the letter H, just a little bit more to the left. Like so. And I'm going to make a copy of these other texts because I want to have the same color. So I'm going to go Control C V. And I'm going to move it down. And I'm going to edit it. And I'm going to make this smaller, so I'm going to select it all. I'm going to reduce the size, like so. And I'm going to move it up like that. Maybe not too much. I'm going to move it down a little bit. Like so. Okay. So Mike burgers, simply the best burgers in town. Okay, I like it, but I think it's a little bit too large. Which is going to move this app. And I'm going to select this whole group. And I'm going to reduce the size for this group like that. And I'm going to move it up like that. Perfect. As you can see now, this looks much better. Now. It looks more complete. And all I have to do now is bring our logo. So I'm going to go to my Finder and I'm going to select this one here. I'm going to click and drag it. And I'm going to switch back to Illustrator. And I'm going to drop it here. And I'm going to get closer. And I'm going to make it smaller because right now it is way too big. And I'm going to place it around here, like so. And for this one, you can see that we have a new layer. And this layer is going to be called information. And I'm going to use the type tool again. And I'm going to create a new text box like this. And I'm going to reduce the size for the font. Maybe something around 24. And I'm going to edit this text. So I'm going to add a fake website. Well, I want to change the dot-com because I am not sure if these website exist. So I am going to modify this one. So I'm going to type it backwards just in case these website exists. So now it is Mike burgers that mug. And I'm going to add a fake phone number. And I'm going to reduce the size for this text. It's a little bit too big. And I'm going to continue editing these phone number like so. And I'm going to select the whole text and I'm going to change the color. For this one, I'm going to use a yellow color. Let's see how this looks. And I like it. I'm just going to make sure that this is aligned with our logo. Like so. And I'm going to select these two elements and I'm going to make sure that they are centered. So I'm going to move them to the center. So now we have the same space between the end of this logo and the end of our Canvas on either side. So here and here we have the same space. I'm just going to move these elements down a little bit more like so. And you know what? I'm going to make this a little bigger because I think we have this space. So I'm going to select the whole text group. And I'm going to increase the size for this one. And I'm going to move it down a little bit. Like so. I like it. And now maybe I can move also the title up just a little bit like that. And also the burger just a little bit like so. And as you can see, now we have a complete flyer and it looks really, really good. Now I'm going to go back to my background, and I'm going to lock all of these layers and unlock the background layer because as you can see, we have all of these different lines here. But they are going outside of the canvas. So maybe we don't want them to be outside of the canvas. So I'm going to select all of these different groups which have all of these lines inside. And I'm going to group them together. So I'm going to go Command G. Or I can also create a new layer. And I can move all of these different groups inside of these new layer. Like so. I'm going to lock this layer and I'm going to select these new layer. And I'm going to move the center of these lines to the center of the burger. So I'm going to click and drag and move it like this to the center. And I'm going to see how this looks. As you can see now it looks much better. I'm going to select all of these different lines and I'm going to make him a little bigger because you can see now here we are missing some parts here. And I'm just going to make this a little bigger. Like so. And as you can see now this looks much, much better. Now what I can do if I want to get rid of these excess areas that we have outside of the canvas. So to do that, all I have to do is make a copy of our background. So I'm going to unlock this layer. I'm going to duplicate this rectangle. So I'm going to drag it into the Create New Layer button. And I'm going to move it inside of these new layer that we have here. And I'm going to lock it again. And I'm going to open up these new layer. And now all I have to do is use the shape builder tool to get rid of these excess areas. Now I'm going to move these to the bottom. So we can still see all of these lines. And to make it easier, I'm going to turn off the view for all of the other elements so they don't get in our way. And now I'm going to make sure that all of these different elements are unlocked because I'm going to use the selection tool. I'm going to select them all at the same time. Like that, including the rectangle that we just copied. And now I can use the shape builder tool. And I can press the Alt key on my keyboard so we get the minus sign on the tool. And that way we're going to delete all of these excess areas. So all I have to do is click and drag. Make sure all of these areas that we want to delete get highlighted. And I'm going to highlight all of these different lines that are outside of the canvas. And I'm going to release here. And I'm going to deselect everything. And as you can see now, we'll have those x's areas that we had before. And now all I have to do is turn off the visibility for these other rectangle that we have here. Because, well, there we have it here in the background layer. I'm going to unlock this one. And I'm going to bring back all of these different groups inside of these background layer. I'm going to collapse these one. And now I can delete these other layer because I don't need it anymore. So I'm going to drag it to the Etruscan and I can lock it and I can turn back on the visibility for the rest of these layers. And we are almost complete bad. I just noticed that I misspelled the simply word, so we cannot leave this the way it is. So I'm just going to unlock the text layer, which is this one. If I turn it off, you can see that this is where we have these work. So I'm going to use the type tool. I'm going to get closer here. I'm going to click here. And I'm going to fix this mistake that I made. Like so. And I'm going to use the selection tool. And I'm just going to make sure that I don't have any other mistakes. So Mike burgers, simply the best burgers in town. And as you can see now, our flyer is complete. And as you saw, it was actually really, really easy to make it. All right, so that's all for this lesson. I hope that you learned something useful and I will see you in the following lesson.